(ξε΄) Οὐ δυνήσῃ ἐπί τάς μείζους φθάσαι τῶν ἀρετῶν, μή τῶν κατά δύναμιν καταλαβών τήν ἀκρότητα.
(ξστ΄) Ἐν οἷς κρατεῖ ἔλεος καί ἀλήθεια, ἐν ἐκείνοις καί πᾶν εἴ τι θεάρεστον. Ἡ μέν γάρ οὐδένα κρίνει ἐλέους χωρίς· τό δέ φιλανθρωπεύεται ἐν οὐδέν ἀληθείας ἐκτός.
(ξζ΄) Τῇ ἁπλότητι κερασάμενος τήν ἐγκράτειαν, ἐν περιλήψει γενήσῃ τῆς ἐκεῖθεν μακαριότητος.
(ξη΄) Οὐ κόψῃς πάντα τά πολεμοῦντά σε πάθη, εἰ μή πρότερον τήν γῆν, ἐξ ἧς ἐτρέφοντο, ἐάσῃς ἀνήροτον.
(ξθ΄) Οἱ μέν, τήν τοῦ σώματος μόνον ὕλην ἐκκαθάραι σπεύδουσιν· ( οἱ δέ, καί τήν τῆς ψυχῆς. Οἱ μέν γάρ πρός μόνην τήν κατ᾿ ἐνέργειαν ἁμαρτίαν ἰχύν ἔλαβον· οἱ δέ καί πρός τό πάθος· πρός δέ τήν ἐπιθυμίαν πάνυ ἐλάχιστοι.
(ο΄) Ὕλην πονηρά, σώματος μέν ἐμπάθεια, ψυχῆς δέ ἡδυπάθεια, προσπάθεια δέ τοῦ νοός. Κατηγορεῖται δέ τῆς μέν ἀφή, τῆς δέ αἱ λοιπαί αἰσθήσεις, τῆς δέ τελευταίας ἐναντία διάθεσις.
(οα΄) Ὁ μέν ἡδυπαθής πλησίον ἐστί τοῦ ἐμπαθοῦς· ὁ δέ προσπαθής, τοῦ ἡδυπαθοῦς· μακράν δέ ἀμφοτέρων ὁ ἀπαθής.
(66) You will not be able to reach the greater of the virtues unless you have grasped the height of those within your power.
(67) In those where mercy and truth prevail, there also is everything that is pleasing to God. For the one judges no one without mercy, and the other shows love to no one apart from truth.
(68) Having mingled self-control with simplicity, you will be encompassed by the blessedness that comes from there.
(69) You will not cut off all the passions that war against you unless you first leave untilled the ground from which they were nourished.
(70) Some hasten to purify only the matter of the body; others also that of the soul. For some have gained strength only against sin in act; others also against the passion; but against the desire, very few indeed.
(71) Evil matter is, for the body, impassionedness; for the soul, pleasant-feeling; and for the mind, attachment. And the first is accused by touch, the second by the remaining senses, and the last by a contrary disposition.
(72) The one who feels pleasant-feeling is near to the impassioned one; the attached one is near to the pleasant-feeling one; but the dispassionate one is far from both.
(οβ΄) Ἐμπαθής ἐστιν ὁ τό ἁμαρτητικόν ἔχων τοῦ λογισμοῦ βιαιότερον, κἄν τέως μή ἁμαρτάνει ἐκτός. Ἡδυπαθής δέ ὁ τήν ἐνέργειαν τῆς ἁμαρτίας ἔχων ἀσθενεστέραν τοῦ λογισμοῦ, κἄν πάσχῃ ἐντός. Προσπαθής δέ ὁ τῇ ἐλευθερίᾳ, μᾶλλον δέ τῇ δουλείᾳ τῶν μέσων, προσκείμενος· ἀπαθής δ᾿ ἄν εἴη ὁ τούτων πάντων τήν διαφοράν ἀγνοῶν.
(ογ΄) Ἀπόλλυται ἐκ ψυχῆς ἐμπάθεια μέν διά νηστείας καί προσευχῆς, ἡδυπάθεια δέ δι᾿ ἀγρυπνίας καί σιωπῆς, ἡ δέ προσπάθεια διά ἡσυχίας καί προσοχῆς· ἀπάθεια δέ συνίσταται ἐκ μνήμης Θεοῦ.
(οδ΄) Τῆς ἀπαθείας ἀπό χειλέων, κηρία μέλιτος, οἷα οἱ λόγοι τῆς αἰωνίου ζωῆς ἀποστάζουσι. Τίς οὖν ἀξιωθείη τοῖς χείλεσιν ἐκείνοις προσάψαι τά ἴδια, καί μασθῶν ἀνά μέσον αὐτῆς αὐλισθῆναι, καί ὀσμῆς ἡδείας μεταβαλεῖν ἱματίων ἐκείνης; τουτέστι, νόμοις ἐνηδυνθῆναι τῶν ἀρετῶν, τῶν ὑπέρ πάντα φησί τά ἀρώματα ὄντα τῆς αἰσθητῆς διαγνώσεως.
( (οε΄) Τοῦ μέν ὁρωμένου σώματος, πᾶσα ψυχή γυμνωθήσεται· τοῦ δέ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, οἱ τῆς ἐνταῦθα ζωῆς ὀλίγοι τῶν ἡδέων προσαπολαύσαντες. (οστ΄) Νεκροί μέν ἐκ ζώντων πάντες ὀφθήσονται· νεκρωθήσονται δέ τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ μόνοι οἱ ἐκ διαθέσεως ταύτην μισήσαντες. (οζ΄) Τίς ἑαυτόν πρό τοῦ κοινοῦ θανάτου τοῦ σώματος ἴδοι τῆς ἁμαρτίας γυμνόν; καί τίς ὁ γνούς αὐτόν τε καί τήν ἰδίαν φύσιν, ὁποία ἐστί πρό τῆς μελλούσης γυμνώσεως;
(72) A person is emotionally attached [to sin] when the sin-prone element of his reason is stronger, even if for the time being he does not actually sin outwardly. A person is pleasure-attached when the actual working of sin is weaker than his reason, even if he suffers it inwardly. A person is attachment-prone when he cleaves to the freedom—or rather the slavery—of indifferent things. And a person would be free from passion when he does not know the difference between all these things.
(73) Emotional attachment is destroyed from the soul through fasting and prayer; pleasure-attachment through vigil and silence; and attachment through stillness and attentiveness. Freedom from passion is established by the remembrance of God.
(74) From the lips of freedom from passion drip honeycombs of honey, such as are the words of eternal life. Who then would be deemed worthy to touch his own lips to those lips, and to lodge between her breasts, and to change his garments with the sweet fragrance of that one? That is, to take delight in the laws of the virtues, which, he says, are beyond all the spices of sensible perception.
(75) Every soul will be stripped of the visible body; but of the body of sin, only those few who have here in this life enjoyed its pleasures in addition. (76) All will be seen as dead, out of the living; but only those who have hated sin from a settled disposition will be put to death to sin. (77) Who would see himself stripped of sin before the common death of the body? And who is he who knows himself and his own nature, what it is before the coming stripping?
Τοῦ αὐτοῦ.
Ψυχήν ἔρωτι νυμφικῷ τετρωμένην, Εὐχή συνάπτειν οἶδεν ὦδε νυμφίῳ.
(οη΄) Τοῦ αἰσθητοῦ τε καί νοεροῦ φωτός ἡ λογική ἐν μεθορίῳ κειμένη ψυχή, διά μέν τούτου, ὁρᾷν καί πράττειν τά τοῦ σώματος ἐπετράπη· δι᾿ ἐκείνου δέ, πράττειν τά τοῦ πνεύματος. Ἀλλ᾿ ἐπειδή ἠμαυρώθη μέν αὐτῇ ἐκεῖνο, ἐτρανώθη δέ τοῦτο, διά τήν ἀρχῆθεν συνήθειαν, εἰ μή ὅλως μετά τοῦ νοεροῦ ἐν τῇ εὐχῇ γένηται, ὁλικῶς τοῖς θείοις ἐνατενίζειν οὐ δύναται. Ἀνάγκη δέ εἶναι αὐτήν ἐν μεταιχμίῳ
σκότους καί φωτός· κατά σχέσιν μέν τούτου, κατά δέ φαντασίαν ἐκείνου ἀναστρεφομένην.
(οθ΄) Συμπαραμενέτω τῷ νῷ ἡ εὐχή, ὡς ἐν ἡλίῳ ἀκτίς· ἧς ἄνευ αἱ κατ᾿ αἴσθησιν μέριμναι, οἷά τινες ἄνυδροι νεφέλαι περιπετόμεναι, τόν νοῦν εἴργουσι τῆς οἰκείας λαμπρότητος.
(π΄) Ἔνδον τῆς κατά τήν εὐχήν στενῆς πύλης, νοῦς παθητικός ( οὐ δύναται εἰσελθεῖν, πρό τοῦ τήν κατά σχέσιν ἀπολιπεῖν μέριμναν· περί δέ τά περισκήνια ἐκείνης, ὀδυνηθήσεται διά παντός ἀσχολούμενος. (πα΄) Δύναμις μέν εὐχῆς πείνα βρωμάτων ἑκούσιος· πείνης δέ, τό μήτε ὁρᾷν, μήτε ἀκούειν, ὅτι μή πᾶσα ἀνάγκη, τῶν ἐγκοσμίων οὐδέν. Τούτων ὁ μή ποιούμενος πρόνοιαν, τό μέν τῆς νηστείας οὐκ ἐστερέωσεν οἰκοδόμημα· τό δέ τῆς εὐχῆς ἐν αὐτῇ περιῤῥαγῆναι ἐποίησεν.
The same.
Prayer knows how to join to the bridegroom here a soul wounded with bridal love.
(78) The rational soul, lying in the borderland between sensible and intelligible light, was permitted through the former to see and do the things of the body, and through the latter to do the things of the spirit. But since, because of habit from the beginning, the latter has been dimmed for it and the former made clear, unless it becomes wholly with the intelligible in prayer, it cannot wholly gaze upon divine things. And it must be in the borderland between darkness and light, dwelling in relation to the latter and in imagination of the former.
(79) Let prayer remain together with the mind, as a ray in the sun; without it, the cares of sense, like some waterless clouds flitting about, keep the mind from its own brightness.
(80) A passive mind cannot enter within the narrow gate of prayer before it has abandoned the care that is according to relation; but around its outer precincts it will be pained, forever busied. (81) The power of prayer is a voluntary hunger for foods; and of hunger, the not seeing and not hearing anything of the things of the world, except when there is every necessity. The one who takes no forethought for these has not deprived the building of fasting, but has caused that of prayer to be broken down in it.
(πβ΄) Ἀπέριττος εἰ μή ἐκ πάντων ὁ νοῦς τῶν κατ᾿ αἴσθησιν γένηται, ἀνωφερής γενέσθαι οὐ δύναται, καί τό οἰκεῖον γνωρίσαι ἀξίωμα. (πγ΄) Ἔξω μέν ποιεῖται τῆς ψυχῆς ἡ εὐχή, πάντας τούς ἐχθραίνοντας αὐτῇ λογισμούς, δυναμουμένη τοῖς δάκρυσιν· ἀντεισάγει δέ τούτους ὁ μετεωρισμός τοῦ νοός, νόμῳ εὐτραπελίας ἐνδυναμούμενος· ἥν ὁ ἐξορίζων, συνεξόριστον καί τό παναίτιον πεποίηκε τῆς παῤῥησίας κακόν. (πδ΄) Ἡμέρας μέν σύμβολον ἡ νηστεία, διά τό ἔκδηλον· νυκτός δέ διά τό ἄδηλον, ἡ εὐχή. Ἑκατέραν οὖν τούτων ἐν ἑκατέρᾳ ἐνδίκως ὁ μετερχόμενος, πρός τήν τῶν κατασκόπων ἀπαντήσεται πόλιν, ἐν ᾗ ἀπέδρα ὀδύνη, λύπη καί στεναγμός ἐν Χριστῷ.
(πε΄) Ἡ πνευματική ἐργασία, καί σωματικοῦ ἔργου ἐκτός συνίστασθαι πέφυκε. Μακάριος οὖν ὁ κρείσσονα τοῦ ἐνύλου ἔργου, τήν ἄϋλον ἡγησάμενος ἐργασίαν. Δι᾿ αὐτῆς γάρ τήν τοῦ ἔργου ἐπλήρωσεν ἔλλειψιν, ζήσας τήν κεκρυμμένην ζωήν τῆς εὐχῆς καί φανεράν τῷ Θεῷ.
( (πστ΄) Ὑπομένειν μέν ἡμᾶς τῇ πίστει παρακαλεῖ ὁ Ἀπόστολος· χαίρειν τῇ ἐλπίδι, τῇ προσευχῇ προσκαρτερεῖν, ἵνα τό τῆς χαρᾶς ἡμῖν παραμείνῃ καλόν. Εἰ δέ τοῦτο, ἄρα ὁ μή ὑπομένων, οὐ πιστός· ὁ δέ οὐ χαίρων, οὐκ εὔελπις· ἀπεβάλετο γάρ τήν αἰτίαν τῆς χαρᾶς προσευχήν, ἐν τῷ μή προσκαρτερεῖν ἐν αὐτῇ.
(82) Unless the mind becomes free from all things perceived by sense, it cannot become upward-bearing, nor recognize its own dignity. (83) Prayer is placed outside the soul, [driving out] all the thoughts that are hostile to it, being strengthened by tears; but the elevation of the mind brings them back in, strengthened by the law of versatility; and he who banishes this has made the all-causing evil of boldness of speech to be banished along with it. (84) Fasting is a symbol of day, because of what is manifest; prayer is a symbol of night, because of what is hidden. He who rightly pursues each of these in each, then, will meet with the city of the scouts, in which pain, grief, and groaning have fled away in Christ.
(85) Spiritual work is by nature established even apart from bodily work. Blessed, then, is he who has judged the immaterial work to be better than material work. For through it he fulfilled the deficiency of work, having lived the hidden life of prayer and made it manifest to God.
(86) The Apostle exhorts us to endure in faith, to rejoice in hope, to persevere in prayer, so that the good of joy may remain for us. But if this is so, then he who does not endure is not faithful; and he who does not rejoice is not of good hope; for he has cast away prayer, the cause of joy, by not persevering in it.
(πζ΄) Εἰ τοῖς ἐγκοσμίοις λογισμοῖς ὁ νοῦς ἐξ ἀρχῆς συναναστραφείς, τοσαύτην ἐν αὐτοῖς τήν φιλίαν ἐκτήσατο, πόσην οὐκ ἄν οἰκειότητα σχῇ ἐν εὐχῇ συνεχεῖ· καί γάρ ἐν οἷς, φησί, χρονίζει, ἐν αὐτοῖς καί πλατύνεσθαι εἴωθεν. (πη΄) Ὥσπερ τοῦ ἰδίου οἰκητηρίου πάλαι διαιρεθείς ὁ νοῦς, τῆς ἐκείνου λαμπρότητος ἐπελάθετο· οὕτω δεῖ τοῦτον αὖθις ἐν λήθῃ τῶν ὦδε γενόμενον, πρός ἐκείνην ἀναδραμεῖν δι᾿ εὐχῆς.
(πθ΄) Καθάπερ νήπιον πρός μαστούς ἐναποψυγέντας μητρός, οὕτως εὑρεθήσεται νοῦς πρός εὐχήν τήν μή δυναμένην παρακαλέσαι αὐτόν· πρός δέ τήν ἄλλως ἔχουσαν, ὡς παιδίον τό ὑφ᾿ ἡδονῆς ἐναφυπνοῦν ἐν ταῖς ἀγκάλαις αὐτῆς. ( ΄) Ἐκεῖ φησίν, ἐν τῇ πενθίμῳ δηλονότι εὐχῇ τῆς ἐναρέτου ζωῆς, κατά τήν ἐν τῷ Ἄσματι φήσειε νύμφην καί ἡ εὐχή πρός τόν ἑαυτῆς ἐραστήν, δώσω τούς μαστούς μου σοί, εἰ ὁλικῶς μοι διατεθῇς. ( α΄) Φιλίαν πρός τήν εὐχήν οὐ δύναται κτήσασθαι, ὁ μή πᾶσαν ὕλην ἀπαρνησάμενος, πλήν τροφῆς καί σκέπης. Ἔξω τῶν ἄλλων γενοῦ ἐν εὐχῇ, ὁ θέλων μετά μόνου γενέσθαι τοῦ νοῦ.
(87) If the mind, from the beginning conversing with worldly thoughts, acquired such great friendship for them, how much intimacy would it not have in continuous prayer? For, as it is said, in whatever things it lingers, in those same things it is accustomed also to expand. (88) Just as the mind, long separated from its own dwelling place, has forgotten its brightness, so it must again, coming to be in forgetfulness of things here, run back to that brightness through prayer.
(89) Just as an infant is found toward its mother's breasts that have gone cold, so will the mind be found toward prayer that cannot comfort it; but toward one that is otherwise disposed, as a child that slumbers from pleasure in her arms. (90) There, he says—in the mournful prayer, clearly, of the virtuous life—as the bride in the Song would say, prayer also to its own lover: I will give my breasts to you, if you are wholly disposed toward me. (91) He cannot acquire friendship with prayer who has not renounced all matter, except food and covering. Be outside of all other things in prayer, you who wish to be with the mind alone.
( ( β΄) Τοῦ θεοφιλοῦς μαρτύριον, εὐχή μονολόγιστος· λόγος δέ καίριος, ἔμφρονος λογισμοῦ· μονοειδής δέ γεῦσις, τῆς ἐλευθέρας εἴη αἰσθήσεως. Ἐν τούτοις οὖν τοῖς τρισίν, ἐῤῥῶσθαι τά τῆς ψυχῆς λέγεται.
( γ΄) Λειανθῆναι δεῖ καλῶς καί ἀπαλυνθῆναι, ὥσπερ τῶν παίδων, τήν φύσιν τοῦ εὐχομένου, ὡς ἄν κατά τήν ἐκείνων, εὐείκτως δέξηται τήν ἐκ τῆς εὐχῆς ἐνταττομένην ἀνάπτυξιν. Διό μή ἀμέλει, ὁ συναφθῆναι ταύτῃ φιλῶν. ( δ΄) Οὐ πάντες τόν αὐτόν σκοπόν ἐν εὐχῇ κέκτηνται· ἄλλος μέν ἄλλον, καί ἄλλος δέ ἕτερον. Ὁ μέν γάρ εὔχεται, εἰ οἷόν τε, μετά τῆς εὐχῆς εἶναι τήν καρδίαν αὐτοῦ πάντοτε, καί πρός τό ὑπεραναβῆναι αὐτῆς· ὁ δέ ἵνα μή λογισμοῖς ἐν αὐτῇ περικόπτηται. Πάντες δέ εὔχονται, ἤ συντηρηθῆναι ἐν ἀγαθοῖς, ἤ μή συναπαχθῆναι κακοῖς.
( ε΄) Εἰ ἐξ εὐχῆς, οὐδείς ἀταπείνωτος· συντρίβεται γάρ ὁ ἐν ταπεινώσει εὐχόμενος· οὐκ ἄρα ἐν ταπεινώσει προσεύχεται, ὁ ἔξωθεν θρασυνόμενος. ( στ΄) Πρός τήν χήραν, τήν πρός τόν ὠμόν τήν δίκην κινοῦσαν κριτήν, ἀφορῶν ὁ εὐχόμενος, οὐκ ἐκκακίσῃς διά τήν βραδυτῆτα τῶν ἀγαθῶν τῆς εὐχῆς. ( ζ΄) Οὐ παραμείνῃ σοι εὐχή, τῷ πρός τά συλλογιζόμενα ἔσωθεν, καί ὁμιλούμενα ἔξωθεν ἐμβραδύνοντι· ἡ αὐτή δέ ὀφθήσεται ὑποστρέφουσα, τῷ δι᾿ αὐτήν ὑποτεμνομένῳ τά πλείονα.
(2) The testimony of one who loves God is a prayer of single utterance; a timely word is the mark of a prudent thought; and a single-form taste would belong to free perception. In these three things, then, the affairs of the soul are said to be made strong.
(3) The nature of the one praying must be well smoothed and softened, like that of children, so that, in their manner, it may readily receive the unfolding that is wrought from prayer. Therefore do not be negligent, you who love to be joined to it. (4) Not all possess the same aim in prayer; one has one aim, and another has a different one. For one prays, if it be possible, that his heart be always with the prayer, and that he rise above it; another prays that he not be cut off within it by thoughts. But all pray either to be preserved in good things or not to be carried away with evils.
(5) If it is from prayer, no one is without humility; for the one who prays in humility is crushed. Therefore the one who is bold outwardly does not pray in humility. (6) Looking to the widow who stirred up the case against the harsh judge, do not grow faint because of the delay of the good things of prayer. (7) Prayer will not remain with you if you linger over things reasoned within and conversed about outside; but the same prayer will be seen returning to the one who, for its sake, cuts off the greater part.
( η΄) Εἰς λαγόνας ψυχῆς εἰ μή εἰσδύνουσι τά ῥήματα τῆς εὐχῆς, οὐκ ἄν εἰς τάς τοῦ προσώπου σιαγόνας τά δάκρυα περικλυσθῆναι συγχωρηθήσονται. ( ( θ΄) Ἀνατέλλουσι γεωργῷ μέν τά δάκρυα, μή κατ᾿ ὄψιν τῶν σπερμάτων ῥιφθέντων τῆς γῆς· μοναχῷ δέ τά δάκρυα ἀναβλύζουσιν, οὐκ ἀπονητί μετερχομένῳ τά ῥήματα τῆς εὐχῆς.
(ρ΄) Κλείς οὐρανῶν βασιλείας εὐχή. Ταύτην ὁ κατέχων ὡς δεῖ, ὁρᾷ τά ἀποκείμενα ἀγαθά τοῖς φίλοις αὐτῆς. Μόνα δέ τά παρόντα περισκοπεῖ, ὁ παῤῥησίαν ἐν ἐκείνῃ μή ἐσχηκώς.
(ρα΄) Οὐ δύναται ὁ νοῦς ἐν καιρῷ τῆς εὐχῆς μετά παῤῥησίας λέγειν πρός τόν Θεόν· Διέῤῥηξας τούς δεσμούς μου, σοί θύσω θυσίαν αἰνέσεως, εἰ μή δειλίας καί ῥαθυμίας, πολυυπνίας τε καί ἀδηφαγίας, ἐξ ὧν τό πταίειν, ἐπιθυμίᾳ τῶν κρειττόνων, ἀποῤῥαγῇ.
(ρβ΄) Ἔξω τοῦ πρώτου καταπετάσματος ἵσταται, ὁ ἐν εὐχῇ ῥεμβόμενος· ἔνδοθεν γίνεται, ὁ μονολόγιστον ἐξανύων αὐτήν. Μόνος δέ εἰς τά Ἅγια τῶν ἁγίων παρέκυψεν, ὁ μετά τῆς εἰρήνης τῶν φυσικῶν λογισμῶν καί τά περί τῆς πάντα νοῦν ὑπερεχούσης [οὐσίας] διασκεπτόμενος, καί τινος ἐκεῖθεν φωτοφανείας καταξιούμενος.
(8) If the words of prayer do not enter into the sides of the soul, tears will not be permitted to flood over onto the cheeks of the face. (9) Tears rise up for the farmer when the seeds have not been cast upon the face of the earth; tears gush forth for the monk when he does not pursue the words of prayer without toil.
(100) Prayer is the key of the kingdom of heaven. The one who holds it as he ought sees the good things laid up for its friends. But he who has not obtained boldness in it looks only at the things present.
(101) The mind cannot say to God with boldness in the time of prayer, "You have broken my bonds; to you I will offer a sacrifice of praise," unless it has broken away from cowardice and sloth, from much sleep and gluttony, from which comes stumbling, by desire for the better things.
(102) He who wanders in prayer stands outside the first curtain; he who accomplishes it with a single thought is within. But only he has peered into the Holy of Holies who, with the peace of natural thoughts, contemplates the things concerning the essence that surpasses all mind, and is deemed worthy of some light-appearance from there.
(ργ΄) Ὁπόταν ἀπό τῶν ἔξωθεν σχολάσασα ᾗ ἡ ψυχή, τότε οἷά τις φλόξ περικυκλώσασα ταύτην, ὡς σίδηρον καθάπαξ τῷ πυρί πεπυρακτωμένην ὅλην καθίστησι, καί ἔστι ψυχή μέν ἡ αὐτή, οὐκέτι δέ καί ἁπτή, ὡς οὐδέ ὁ πυρακτωθείς σίδηρος, ταῖς ἔξωθεν ἐπαφαῖς.
(ρδ΄) Μακάριος ὁ ἐν τῷ βίῳ τούτῳ οὑτωσί θεωρηθῆναι ἀξιωθείς, καί τόν αὐτόν φύσει πήλινον ἀνδριάντα, χάριτι πύρινον κατιδών. (ρε΄) Τοῖς μέν εἰσαγομένοις οἷά τις δεσπότης, ὁ νόμος ἐπίκειται ( τῆς εὐχῆς· τοῖς προκόψασι δέ, ὡς ἔρως ὁ συνελαύνων πεινῶντα καθάπερ πολυτελῆ πρός ἑστίασιν.
(ρστ΄) Τοῖς καλῶς τήν πρακτικήν μετερχομένοις, ποτέ μέν ἡ εὐχή νεφέλη καθάπερ ἐπισκιάζουσα, τούς καυστικούς ἀπείργει ἐξ αὐτῶν λογισμούς· ποτέ δέ σταγόνας οἷα δακρύων τούτους ἐπιψεκάζουσα, δείκνυσι τά πνευματικά θεωρήματα. (ρζ΄) ᾨδή μέν ἥδυσμα κιθάρας, τῆς κρουομένης ὑπό τινος ἔξωθεν εὑρεθήσεται· ψυχή δέ μή συνερχούσης αὐτῇ ἐν εὐχῇ τῆς ἐν πνεύματι μυστικῆς προσφωνήσεως, εὐκατάνυκτος οὐ πέφυκε δείκνυσθαι. Τό γάρ, Τί προσευξώμεθα καθό δεῖ οὐκ οἴδαμεν, καί τά ἑξῆς, εἰς τοῦτο ἐνάγει τόν προσευχόμενον.
(103) Whenever the soul has become free from external things, then, like a flame encircling it, it makes it wholly like iron once for all made red-hot by fire; and the soul is the same, but no longer touchable, just as iron made red-hot is not, by external contacts.
(104) Blessed is the one who in this life has been deemed worthy to be contemplated thus, and to behold the same statue, by nature clay, by grace fiery. (105) For those being introduced, the law of prayer lies upon them like a master; but for those advancing, it is like love driving on one who is hungry, as it were, to a lavish banquet.
(106) For those who pursue the practical life well, prayer is sometimes like a cloud overshadowing and keeps back from them the burning thoughts; and sometimes, sprinkling drops as it were of tears upon them, it shows the spiritual contemplations. (107) A song will be found to be a sweetening of the lyre, struck by someone from outside; but a soul, when the mystical address in the Spirit does not come together with it in prayer, is not naturally shown to be easily brought to compunction. For the saying, "We do not know what we should pray for as we ought," and what follows, leads the one praying to this.
Τοῦ αὐτοῦ.
Φωτίζεται νοῦς γνωστικῆς θεωρίας Πρός ὕψος ἀρθείς, τοῖσδ᾿ ἐπεντυχών λόγοις. (ρη΄) Ἀναγκαῖον εἰδέναι τόν γνωστικόν, πότε ὁ νοῦς αὐτοῦ εἰς τήν χώραν τῶν νοημάτων ἐστίν· πότε δέ εἰς τήν τῶν λογισμῶν· καί πότε εἰς τήν κατ᾿ αἴσθησιν. Καί ἐν ταύτῃ πάλιν, εἰ ἐν τοῖς κατά καιρόν, ἤ ἐν τοῖς παρά καιρόν μᾶλλον εὑρίσκεται.
(ρθ΄) Ἐν νοήμασιν οὐκ ὤν ὁ νοῦς ἐν λογισμοῖς πάντως ἐστίν· ἐν λογισμοῖς δέ ὤν, ἐν νοήμασιν οὐκ ἔστιν. Ἐν δέ τῇ αἰσθήσει γενόμενος, μετά πάντων ἐστίν. (ρι΄) Διά τοῦ νοήματος μέν ὁ νοῦς διέρχεται πρός τά νοητά· ( διά δέ τοῦ λογισμοῦ πρός τά λογικά ὁ λόγος· πρός δέ τήν πρακτικήν, διά τῆς φαντασίας ἡ αἴσθησις.
(ρια΄) Εἰς ἑαυτόν ὁ νοῦς συναγόμενος, οὐδέν οὔτε τῶν κατά τόν λογισμόν θεωρεῖ· γυμνούς δέ νόας καί θείας αὐγάς, βλυζούσας εἰρήνην τε καί χάριν. (ριβ΄) Ἄλλο ὁ νοῦς τοῦ πράγματος, καί ἄλλο ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ· καί ἕτερον τό ὑπό τήν αἴσθησιν ἀναγόμενον. Καί τό μέν ἔστιν οὐσία· τό δέ, συμβεβηκός· τό δέ, ἡ τοῦ ὑποκειμένου διαφορά.
By the same author.
The intellect is illumined by gnostic contemplation when, raised to the height, it encounters these words. (108) The gnostic must know when his intellect is in the region of noemata, when in that of reasonings, and when in that which is according to sense-perception. And in this latter again, whether it is found in things according to season, or rather in things contrary to season.
(109) When the intellect is not in noemata, it is entirely in reasonings; and when it is in reasonings, it is not in noemata. But when it has come to be in sense-perception, it is with all of them. (110) Through the noema the intellect passes to things intelligible; through the reasoning, the logos passes to things rational; and toward the practical, sense-perception passes through the imagination.
(111) When the intellect is gathered into itself, it contemplates nothing of the things according to reasoning, but naked intellects and divine radiances, gushing forth peace and grace. (112) One thing is the intellect of the thing, and another is its logos; and another is that which is brought under sense-perception. And the one is substance; the other, accident; and the other, the difference of the subject.
(ριγ΄) Πολλάς ὁδούς ἀνατέμνων ὁ νοῦς, ἀκόρεστος δείκνυται· πρός μίαν δέ συναγόμενος τῆς εὐχῆς, πρό τῆς ἐντελείας στενοχωρούμενος φαίνεται, λιπαρῶν τόν μέτοχον ἀπολυθῆναι, πρός τά ἀφ᾿ ὧν, ἐξελύληθεν. (ριδ΄) Ἄνωθεν ἠγμένος ὁ νοῦς, οὐκ ἀναδραμεῖται αὖθις ἐκεῖσε, εἰ μή τελείαν τῶν κάτω ποιήσηται καταφρόνησιν διά τῆς περί τά θεῖα σχολῆς. (ριε΄) Εἴ τε μή τήν ψυχήν σου δύνῃ μετά μόνων ποιῆσαι τῶν περί αὐτήν λογισμῶν, κἄν τό σῶμα σου μονάζειν ἀναγκάζον, τήν περί αὐτό ἀθλιότητα διά παντός ἐννοούμενος· οὕτω γάρ τῷ χρόνῳ ἐλέει Θεοῦ, καί πρός τό πρῶτον ἀναδραμεῖν δυνήσῃ τῆς εὐγενείας ἀξίωμα.
(ριστ΄) Ὁ μέν πρακτικός ὑποτάσσειν εὐκόλως δύναται τόν νοῦν τῇ εὐχῇ· ὁ δέ θεωρητικός, τήν εὐχήν τῷ νοΐ. Ὁ μέν ἀπό τῶν φαινομένων συστέλλων σχημάτων τήν αἴσθησιν· ὁ δέ τήν ψυχήν πρός τούς ἐγκεκρυμμένους τοῖς ῥήμασι λόγους μεταβιβάζων. Καί ὁ μέν σωμάτων πείθει λόγους τόν νοῦν ἐννοεῖν· ὁ δέ ἀσωμάτων κατανοεῖν. Ἀσώματοι δέ εἰσι λόγοι σωμάτων, ἰδιότητές τε καί οὐσίαι αὐτῶν.
(113) The intellect, cutting many paths, is shown to be insatiable; but when gathered to the one [path] of prayer, it appears constrained before perfection, longing for the participant to be released to the things from which it has been rolled away. (114) The intellect led from above will not run back there again unless it makes a perfect contempt of things below through devotion to divine things. (115) And if you are unable to make your soul dwell with only the thoughts that pertain to it—even though necessity compels your body to be solitary—always contemplating the wretchedness that surrounds it; for thus in time, by the mercy of God, you will be able also to run back to the first dignity of your nobility.
(116) The practical man can easily subject the intellect to prayer; the contemplative man [subjects] prayer to the intellect. The one contracts the senses from the visible forms; the other transfers the soul to the reasons hidden in the words. And the one persuades the intellect to consider the reasons of bodies; the other to understand those of incorporeals. And the reasons of bodies are incorporeal—both their properties and their essences.
( (ριζ΄) Ὅταν τόν νοῦν σου τῆς τῶν σωμάτων, καί βρωμάτων, καί χρημάτων ἡδυπαθείας ἐλευθερώσῃς, τότε καί ὅπερ ἄν ποιεῖς, δῶρον καθαρόν τῷ Θεῷ λογισθήσεται· ἀντιδοθήσεται δέ σοι τοῦ διανοιγῆναι τούς τῆς καρδίας σου ὀφθαλμούς, καί τρανῶς ἐμμελετᾷν τοῖς ἐγκεκρυμμένοις ἐν αὐτῇ νόμοις Θεοῦ, οἵτινες ὑπέρ μέλι καί κηρίον τῷ νοητῷ σου λογισθήσονται λάρυγγι, τῇ ἀπ᾿ αὐτῶν ἐκδιδομένῃ ἡδύτητι.
(ριη΄) Οὐ δυνήσῃ σωμάτων καί χρημάτων, καί τῆς τῶν ἀναγκαίων βρωμάτων ἐπιθυμίας ὑπέρτερον ποιῆσαι τόν νοῦν, εἰ μή ἐν τῇ καθαρᾷ τῶν δικαίων χώρᾳ εἰσάξῃς αὐτόν· καθ᾿ ἥν, ἥ τε τοῦ θανάτου καί ἡ τοῦ Θεοῦ μνήμη ἐπαναβλαστήσασα, ἀπό γηΐνης καρδίας ἀπαλείψει πᾶν ἐνθυμίου ἀνάστημα. (ριθ΄) Οὐδέν οὔτε ἐννοίας θανάτου φοβερώτερον, οὔτε Θεοῦ μνήμης θαυμασιώτερον. Ἡ μέν γάρ ἐστι λύπης σωτηριούδους παρεκτική· ἡ δέ, εὐφροσύνης χαριστική. Ἐμνήσθην γάρ, φησίν ὁ Προφήτης, τοῦ Θεοῦ, καί ηὐφράνθην. Καί ὁ Σοφός· Μιμνήσκου τά ἔσχατά σου, καί οὐχ ἁμαρτήσεις. Ἀδύνατον γάρ τινα τοῦ δευτέρου ἐν κατασχέσει γενέσθαι, μή πεῖραν τῆς τοῦ προτέρου λαβόντα στυφότητος.
(113) When you free your intellect from the pleasure-seeking of bodies, foods, and possessions, then whatever you do will be reckoned a pure gift to God; and it will be given back to you that the eyes of your heart be opened, and that you clearly meditate on the laws of God hidden within it, which will be reckoned sweeter than honey and the honeycomb to your spiritual throat, by the sweetness that flows from them.
(114) You will not be able to make your intellect superior to bodies, possessions, and the desire for necessary foods, unless you lead it into the pure region of the righteous; in which, the memory of death and the memory of God having sprung up again, will wipe away from an earthly heart every uprising of thought. (115) Nothing is more fearful than the thought of death, nor more wonderful than the memory of God. For the one is the provider of saving grief; the other, the bestower of gladness. For I remembered God, says the Prophet, and I was glad. And the Wise One: Remember your last end, and you will not sin. For it is impossible for anyone to come into possession of the second without having experienced the bitterness of the first.
(ρκ΄) Ἕως ἄν τήν τοῦ Θεοῦ δόξαν ἀνακεκαλυμμένῳ προσώπῳ οὐκ ἴδῃ ὁ νοῦς, οὐ δύναται ἡ ψυχή λέγειν ἐν αἰσθήσει αὐτῆς· Ἐγώ δέ ἐπί τῷ Κυρίῳ τερφθήσομαι· ἀγαλλιάσομαι ἐπί τῷ σωτηρίῳ αὐτοῦ. Κάλλυμα γάρ κεῖται τό τῆς φιλαυτίας ἐπί τήν καρδίαν αὐτῆς, πρός τό μή ἀνακαλυφθῆναι αὐτῇ τά θεμέλια τῆς οἰκουμένης, ἅτινά εἰσιν οἱ λόγοι τῶν γεγονότων, ὅπερ ἐξ αὐτῆς οὐ περιειρεῖται, ἑκουσίων πόνων καί ἀκουσίων χωρίς.
(ρκα΄) Οὐ μετά τήν ἐξ Αἰγύπτου φυγήν· ἥτις ἐστίν ἡ κατ᾿ ἐνέργειαν ( ἁμαρτία· οὐδέ μετά τήν θαλάσσης διάβασιν, τῆς κατά σχέσιν λέγω δουλείας· ἀλλά μετά τήν ἐν ἐρήμῳ διατριβήν, μεταξύ κειμένην ἐνεργημάτων καί κινημάτων κακίας, τοῦ Ἰσραήλ ὁ δημαγωγός κατασκοπεῖν δύναται τήν γῆν τῆς ἐπαγγελίας, ἥτις ἐστίν ἡ ἀπάθεια, τήν ὀπτικήν ἀποστέλλων καί ἐποπτικήν αὐτοῦ δύναμιν.
(ρκβ΄) Οἱ μέν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ καθήμενοι, τουτέστιν, ἐν τῇ τῶν κακῶν ἀνενεργησία, ἀκοῇ μόνῃ τῆς μακαρίας ἐκείνης γῆς τά ἀγαθά... οἱ δέ τά ἐν ἐκείνῃ κατασκοπήσαντες, ἐν περινοίᾳ δηλονότι ψυχῆς τῶν ὀρωμένων θεωρίας γεγόνασι. Οἱ δέ καταξιωθέντες ἐν αὐτῇ εἰσελθεῖν, ὅλῃ τῇ αἰσθήσει τῶν ἐξ αὐτῆς ἀποῤῥεόντων ὡς γάλα καί μέλι, τῆς πρώτης φημί καί δευτέρας θεωρίας, λόγων ἐνεφορήθησαν. (ρκγ΄) Οὔπω συνεσταυρώθη Χριστῷ, ὁ ἔτι φυσικάς κινήσεις ἔχων σαρκός· οὐδέ συνετάφη, ὁ ψυχικάς ἐνθυμήσεις ἐπισυρόμενος· πῶς οὖν συναναστῇ αὐτῷ ὁ τοιοῦτος, ἐν καινότητι ζωῆς πολιτεύεσθαι. (ρκδ΄) Τριῶν οὐσιῶν τῆς ψυχῆς περιεκτικωτέρων ἀρετῶν, νηστείας, εὐχῆς τε καί σιωπῆς, ἀναγκαῖον τόν μέν ἐξ εὐχῆς λύεσθαι μέλλοντα, εἰς τήν θεωρίαν ἐπαναπαύεσθαι·
(112) Until the intellect sees the glory of God with unveiled face, the soul cannot say in its own perception: But I will be glad in the Lord; I will rejoice in his salvation. For the veil of self-love lies upon its heart, so that the foundations of the world are not unveiled to it—these being the principles of created things—which is not removed from it apart from voluntary and involuntary labors.
(121) Not after the flight from Egypt—which is sin in act—nor after the crossing of the sea, I mean the slavery in disposition, but after the sojourn in the wilderness, which lies between the workings and the motions of evil, can the leader of Israel spy out the land of promise, which is dispassion, sending out his seeing and overseeing power.
(122) Those who sit in the wilderness—that is, in the inactivity of evils—hear only by report the good things of that blessed land; while those who have spied out the things in it have come, evidently by the soul's insight, to the contemplation of things seen. But those deemed worthy to enter into it, with their whole perception of the things flowing from it like milk and honey—I mean of the first and second contemplation—have been filled with the principles. (123) He has not yet been crucified with Christ who still has the natural motions of the flesh; nor has he been buried with him who drags along the soul's impulses. How then shall such a one rise with him, to live in newness of life? (124) Since three virtues are more comprehensive than the soul's essences—fasting, prayer, and silence—it is necessary that one who is about to be released from prayer rest in contemplation.
τόν δέ ἐκ σιωπῆς, εἰς ἠθικήν ὁμιλίαν, εἰς δευτέραν καί κεχαρισμένην τροφήν τόν νηστεύοντα.
(ρκε΄) Ἐν τοῖς οἰκείοις ἕως ὑπάρχει ὁ νοῦς, σώζει τό καθ᾿ ὁμοίωσιν, ἀγαθός τε καί συμπαθῆς εὑρισκόμενος. Ἐν δέ τοῖς κατ᾿ αἴσθησιν γεγονώς, εἰ μέν εὐχερῶς καί [μή] προσηκόντως κατέρχεται, πεῖραν διδούς καί λαμβάνων, ἐν ἐκείνοις εὐρωστῶν, αὖθίς τε πρός ἑαυτόν ἐπανέρχεται, περί τόν καιρόν καί τήν χρείαν, ὥς τις στρατηγός ἀπερίσκεπτος εὑρεθήσεται, τό πολύ αὐτοῦ ὑποτεμνόμενος ( τῆς δυνάμεως ἐν τῷ μάχεσθαι. Πλήν οὐ πάντες ἐκείνου ἐκτός εὑρεθήσονται, ὅσοι ἐντός τοῦ ἐμπεριεχομένου γενέσθαι οὐκ ἴσχυσαν.
(ρκστ΄) Ὁ μέν αἰσθητός ἥλιος, ξένας τάς ἑαυτοῦ ἀκτῖνας ἐξ οἰκίας κεκλεισμένης καθίστησι· οὐκ ἄν δέ τάς οἰκείας ὁ νοητός ἐπαφήσει, τῇ μή κεκλεισμένας ἐχούσῃ τάς αἰσθήσεις ἀπό τῶν ὁρωμένων ψυχῇ. (ρκζ΄) Γνωστικός ἐστιν, ὁ τάς μέν καταβάσεις αὐτοῦ μεγαλοπρεπῶς· ταπεινοπρεπῶς δέ τῆς ψυχῆς τάς ἀναβάσεις διατιθέμενος. (ρκη΄) Μέλιττα μέν λειμῶνα περινοστοῦσα, ἐκεῖθεν τῷ μέλιτι τάς ἀφορμάς προσπορίζεται· ψυχή δέ εἰς αἰῶνας περισκοποῦσα, ποικίλον αὐτόθεν τόν γλυκασμόν τῇ διανοίᾳ ἐνίησιν.
(112) ...but the one who fasts from silence into ethical discourse, into a second and gracious nourishment.
(125) As long as the intellect remains among its own things, it preserves the likeness, being found good and compassionate. But when it has come to be among things perceived by sense, if it descends easily and improperly, giving and receiving trial, being strong in those things, and again returns to itself, at the time and need, it will be found to be like a reckless general, cutting off the greater part of his own power in battle. Nevertheless, not all of those will be found outside it, as many as were unable to come within what is encompassed.
(126) The perceptible sun sets its own rays outside a closed house; but the intelligible sun would not send forth its own rays upon a soul that has not closed its senses to the things seen. (127) He is a man of knowledge who arranges his descents magnificently and the ascents of his soul humbly. (128) A bee, going about a meadow, procures from there the beginnings for its honey; but the soul, looking intently into the ages, pours varied sweetness from there into the mind.
(ρκθ΄) Ἡ ἐμφαγούσα μέν ἔλαφος ὄφεις, ἰόν τοῦ σβέσαι, πρός ὑδάτων τρέχει πηγάς· ψυχή δέ ἡ βέλεσι θείοις τρωθεῖσα, ἄπαυστον ἕλκει τόν τρώσαντα ἔρωτα.
(ρλ΄) Ψιλοί μέν λογισμοί τῇ μοναδικῇ ζωή ἐπιφύονται· ἐπιλογισμοί δέ τῇ δυαδικῇ· τῇ δέ πολυσχιδεῖ ψυχῇ, λογισμοί μέν ἀπελήλανται· νόες δέ μόνοι γυμνοί σωμάτων αὐτῇ προσπελάζοντες, τούς περί Προνοίας καί κρίσεως λόγους, ὥς τινα θεμέλια γῆς ἀνακαλύπτοντες, αὐτῇ ἐμφανίζουσιν. (ρλα΄) Οἱ λογισμοί, οὔτε τοῦ ἀλόγου μέρους εἰσί τῆς ψυχῆς· οὐδέ γάρ ἐστι λογισμός ἐν τοῖς ἀλόγοις· οὔτε τοῦ νοεροῦ· ἐπεί μηδέ ἐν ἀγγέλοις· αὐτῆς δέ τῆς λογικῆς ὄντες γεννήματα, ὡς κλίμακι τῇ φαντασίᾳ χρώμενοι, ἀναβαίνουσι μέν πρός
τόν νοῦν ( ἀπό τῆς αἰσθήσεως, τά ἐκείνης αὐτῷ ἀπαγγέλοντες· καταβαίνουσι δέ πρός αὐτήν ἐξ αὐτοῦ τά ἐκείνου ὑποτιθέμενοι. (ρλβ΄) Ὥς τινες ἐκ βυθοῦ ἀναφερόμενοι, καί τινος εἰς βοήθειαν ἐπιλαβέσθαι πειρώμενοι, οἱ πονηροί λογισμοί εὑρεθήσονται, ὁλκάδα καθάπερ, κινδυνευούσης τῆς κακίας δακρύων κατακλυσμῷ. (ρλγ΄) Κατά τήν ὑποκειμένην ποιότητα τῆς ψυχῆς, ἤ ὡς πειραταί καταποντίζειν, ἤ ὡς ἐρέται συμβοηθεῖν κινδυνευούσῃ, οἱ περί αὐτήν συνάγονται λογισμοί· οἱ μέν πρός πέλαγος ἐννοιῶν ἕλκοντες τῶν ἀπρεπῶν λογισμῶν· οἱ δέ τήν ἆσσον παρεκλεγόμενοι, καί πρός γαληνίους ἀκτάς τόν νοῦν ἐποκείλουσιν. (ρλδ΄) Ἕβδομον τόν τῆς κενοδοξίας λογισμόν ὄντα, ἡ ἐφεμένη ὡς ἔσχατον ἀποβαλέσθαι χιτῶνα ψυχή, εἰ μή τούς πρό αὐτοῦ ἀπεκδύσηται, οὐ δυνήσεται μετ᾿ αὐτούς ὄγδοον ἐπενδύσασθαι.
(129) The deer that has swallowed snakes runs to the springs of water to quench the venom; and the soul that has been wounded by divine arrows draws in the love of the one who wounded it, unceasingly.
(130) Bare thoughts grow upon the solitary life; reasoned reflections upon the dual life; but upon the much-divided soul, thoughts are far removed; and bare intellects alone, approaching it without bodies, uncovering the principles concerning Providence and judgment as though foundations of the earth, make them manifest to it. (131) Thoughts belong neither to the irrational part of the soul—for there is no thought in irrational beings—nor to the intellectual part, since neither is there in angels; but being offspring of the rational part itself, using imagination as a ladder, they ascend to the intellect from sensation, reporting to it the things of sensation; and they descend to sensation from the intellect, suggesting to it the things of the intellect. (132) Like those being carried up from the deep and trying to lay hold of someone for help, evil thoughts will be found, like a merchant ship, when evil is in danger from a flood of tears. (133) According to the underlying quality of the soul, thoughts gather around it, either as pirates to sink it, or as rowers to help it when in danger; some dragging it toward the open sea of inappropriate thoughts, others sailing it past nearer shores and bringing the intellect to calm headlands. (134) The thought of vainglory being the seventh, the soul that desires to cast it off as the last garment will not be able, unless it has stripped off those before it, to put on the eighth after them.
Ὅν καί οἰκητήριον οὐράνιον καλεῖν οἶδεν ὁ θεῖος Ἀπόστολος, καί διά στεναγμῶν ἐπενδύεσθαι τούς δι᾿ αὐτό τῶν ὑλικῶν γυμνητεύοντας.
(ρλε΄) Τῇ μέν τελείᾳ εὐχῇ, ἄγγελοι παραβάλλειν πεφύκασι λογισμοί· τῇ δέ μέσῃ, πνευματικοί· τῇ δέ εἰσαγωγικῇ, οἱ φυσιολόγοι. (ρλστ΄) Ὥσπερ τό εὐγενές τοῦ κόκκου διά τοῦ στάχυος, οὕτω καί τό εἰλικρινές τῆς θεωρίας διά προσευχῆς εἴωθεν ἐμφανίζεσθαι· κέκτηται δέ ὁ μέν, εἰς ἀποτροπήν τῶν σπερμολόγων ὀρνέων, οἷά τινα δόρατα, τούς περιστοιχοῦντας ἀνθέρικας· τό δέ, τούς φιλοσοφοῦντας ἐν πειρασμοῖς λογισμούς, πρός τήν ἐκείνων ἀναίρεσιν.
(ρλζ΄) Τά μέν ὁρώμενα τῆς ψυχῆς, διά τήν πρᾶξιν, περιστερᾶς περιηργυρωμένα καθάπερ εἰσί πτερά· τά δέ νοουμένα, φημί δή ( τά μετάφρενα, διά τήν θεωρίαν ὡς ἐν χλωρότητι χρυσίου καθίσταται· ἡ γάρ μή οὕτως ὡραιωθεῖσα ψυχή, πετασθῆναι καί καταπαῦσαι οὐ δύναται, ἔνθα πάντων εὐφραινομένων ἡ κατοικία ἐστίν.
Λειμών ἐνθάδε καρπῶν πεπληρωμένος, Πνευματικῆς πράξεως καί θεωρίας.
The divine Apostle knows how to call it a heavenly dwelling place, and through groans to put on those who by it are stripped bare of material things.
(135) Thoughts that are angelic in nature are compared to perfect prayer; spiritual thoughts to intermediate prayer; and natural-philosophical thoughts to introductory prayer. (136) Just as the nobility of the grain is made manifest through the ear of wheat, so too the purity of contemplation is accustomed to be revealed through prayer. The one has, as it were spears for warding off the seed-picking birds, the surrounding awns; the other has the thoughts that philosophize amid temptations, for their destruction.
(137) The visible things of the soul, on account of practice, are like silvered dove's wings, as they are; but the things understood—I mean the back parts—on account of contemplation, are set as in the greenness of gold. For the soul that has not been thus made beautiful cannot fly and rest where is the dwelling place of all who rejoice.
Here is a meadow filled with fruits: of spiritual practice and contemplation.
(λρη΄) Ἀπαρχάς ἅλωνος καί ληνοῦ, πάλαι μέν τοῖς παλαιοῖς προσφέρειν ἐν τῷ ναῷ προσετέτακτο. Νυνί δέ ἡμᾶς, πρακτικῆς μέν ἀπαρχάς, ἐγκράτειαν δεῖ Θεῷ προσφέρειν καί τήν ἀλήθειαν· θεωρητικῆς δέ ἀρετῆς, ἀγάπην καί προσευχήν· δι᾿ ἐκείνων μέν, ἀλόγου ἐπιθυμίας καί τοῦ θυμοῦ τάς ὁρμάς ἀνακόπτοντας· διά τούτων δέ, ἐννοίας κενάς, καί τάς ἐκ τούτων ἐπιβουλάς. (ρλθ΄) Πρακτικῆς ἀρχή μέν, ἐγκράτεια καί ταπείνωσις, ἀλήθεια, σωφροσύνη καί ταπεινοφροσύνη· τέλος δέ αὐτῆς, λογισμῶν εἰρήνη καί ἁγιασμός σώματος.
(ρμ΄) Πρᾶξίς ἐστιν, οὐ τό πράττειν καλῶς δύνασθαι μόνον τά καλά, ἀλλά καί τό ὡς δεῖ πράττειν αὐτά, τόν καιρόν καί τό μέτρον πρός τά πρακτέα συνεπιφερομένου τοῦ πράττοντος.
(ρμα΄) Θεωρία ἐστίν, οὐ τό θεωρεῖν μόνον ὡς ἔχουσι τά σώματα φύσεως, ἀλλά καί τούς λόγους αὐτῶν πρός τί βλέπουσιν. (ρμβ΄) Οὐκ ἔστιν οὔτε πρᾶξις ἀσφαλής θεωρίας ἐκτός, οὔτε θεωρία ἀληθής πράξεως ἄνευ. Χρή γάρ καί πρᾶξιν ἐλλόγιμον εἶναι, καί θεωρίαν ἔμπρακτον· ἵνα τῇ μέν, ἀνίσχυρον εὑρίσκηται ἡ κακία· τῇ δέ, δυνατή ἡ ἀρετή ἐν εὐδοκίαις χρηστότητος.
(137) The first-fruits of the threshing floor and the winepress were of old commanded to the ancients to be offered in the temple. But now we must offer to God first-fruits of the practical life: self-control and truth; and of the contemplative virtue: love and prayer; by the former cutting off the impulses of irrational desire and of anger; by the latter, empty thoughts and the plots that arise from them. (139) The beginning of the practical life is self-control and humility, truth, chastity and lowliness of mind; and its end is peace of thoughts and sanctification of the body.
(140) Practice is not only the ability to do good things well, but also to do them as one ought, the one who acts bringing along the right time and measure in relation to the things to be done.
(141) Contemplation is not only to contemplate how bodies are by nature, but also the principles in them, to what they look. (142) Neither is practice safe without contemplation, nor is contemplation true without practice. For practice must be reasonable, and contemplation must be practical; so that by the one, evil may be found powerless; by the other, virtue may be mighty in the good pleasures of goodness.
( (ρμγ΄) Πέρας μέν πρακτικῶν, ἡ νέκρωσις τῶν παθῶν· τέλος δέ γνωστικῆς, ἡ θεωρία τῶν ἀρετῶν.
(ρμδ΄) Ὡς ὕλη τῷ εἴδει, οὕτω πρᾶξις τῇ θεωρίᾳ· καί ὡς ὀφθαλμός προσώπῳ, οὕτω θεωρία τῇ πράξει ὀφθήσεται.
(ρμε΄) Ἐν τῷ κατά τήν πρακτικήν ἀρετήν σταδίῳ, πολλοί μεν τρέχουσιν· εἷς δέ λαμβάνει τό βραβεῖον, ὁ πρός τό πέρας αὐτῆς ἐλθεῖν τῇ θεωρίᾳ ἐπιθυμῶν. (ρμστ΄) Κατανύξεως μέν πόμα πίνει ὁ πρακτικός ἐν εὐχῇ· ποτηρίῳ δέ κρατίστῳ μεθύσκεται, ὁ θεωρητικός. Ὁ μέν ἐν τοῖς κατά φύσιν φιλοσοφῶν· ὁ δέ, καί ἑαυτόν ἀγνοῶν ἐν τῷ εὔχεσθαι.
(ρμζ΄) Οὐ συγχωρεῖται ὁ πρακτικός εἰς πνευματικήν ἐπί πολύ θεωρίαν ἐγκαρτερεῖν. Εὑρίσκεται γάρ ὡς ἐπιξενωθείς τινι, καί τῆς ἐκείνου ταχέως οἰκίας ὑπεξερχόμενος.
(ρμη΄) Ἐν πύλαις μέν εἰσέρχονται οἱ πρακτικοί τῶν ἐντολῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν τῷ εὔχεσθαι· ὡς ἐν αὐλαῖς δέ ἀρετῶν ἐν ὕμνοις θεωρητικοί· οἱ μέν εὐχαριστοῦντες, ὅτι ἐλύληθαν τῶν δεσμῶν· οἱ δέ, ὅτι καί αἰχμαλώτους εἰλήφασι τούς πολεμοῦντας αὐτούς.
(143) The limit of the practical life is the mortification of the passions; the end of the contemplative life is the vision of the virtues.
(144) As matter is to form, so is practice to contemplation; and as the eye is to the face, so will contemplation be seen in relation to practice.
(145) In the stadium of practical virtue, many run, but one receives the prize: the one who desires by contemplation to reach its end. (146) The practical man drinks in prayer the cup of compunction; but the contemplative man is made drunk with the choicest cup. The one philosophizes among things according to nature; the other, in praying, even forgets himself.
(147) The practical man is not permitted to persist for long in spiritual contemplation. For he is found to be like a stranger to something, and quickly departing from that house.
(148) The practical enter the gates of the commandments of God in prayer; the contemplative, as it were into the courts of the virtues, in hymns; the former giving thanks that they have been loosed from their bonds; the latter, that they have taken captive those who war against them.
(ρμθ΄) Χρή κατά τό τῆς πρακτικῆς κράτος, καί τό τῆς θεωρίας εὑρίσκεσθαι, ἵνα μή καθ᾿ ὁμοιότητα πλοίου τοῦ μή κατάλληλα τά ἱστία ἐπιφερομένου, ἤ κίνδυνον ὑπομείνῃ ἐν ἀνέμων σφοδρότησιν διά τήν ἀμετρίαν αὐτῶν, ἤ ζημίαν πνευμάτων διά τήν πρός τό σκάφος σμικρότητα. (ρν΄) Ἐρέτας μέν τοῦ λογικοῦ πλοίου, νόει τούς εὐσεβεῖς λογισμούς· ( κώπας δέ, τάς ζωτικάς δυνάμεις τῆς ψυχῆς, θυμόν καί ἐπιθυμίαν, βούλησιν καί προαίρεσιν. Τούτων ὁ μέν πρακτικός, ἐν χρείᾳ ἐστί πάντοτε· οὐ πάντοτε δέ ὁ θεωρητικός. Ἐν γάρ τῷ καιρῷ τῆς εὐχῆς χαίρειν οὗτος πᾶσιν εἰπών, αὐτός ἑαυτόν ἐπί τῶν τῆς διαγνώσεως οἰάκων καθίζων, διά πάσης ἐγρήγορε τῆς κατά θεωρίαν νυκτός, αἰνέσεις προσάγων τῷ συνοχεῖ τοῦ παντός. Καί πού τι καί μέλος ἐρωτικόν ἀναλαβόμενος, τῇ ἑαυτοῦ προσεπᾴδει ψυχῇ, τούς τῆς ἄλλης θαλάσσης ἀποσκοπῶν μετεωρισμούς, καί ὡς ῥοθίζας κινήσεις, τά θεῖα καταπληττόμενος ρήματά τε καί δικαιώματα. (ρνα΄) Ὁ μέσως ἔχων περί πρᾶξιν καί θεωρίαν, οὔτε πάντη ταῖς κώπαις κατά τούς ναυτικούς ποιεῖται τόν πλοῦν, οὔθ᾿ ὅλως, τοῖς νοητοῖς ἱστέοις· ἀλλά δι᾿ ἀμφοτέρων τήν χρείαν τῆς εὐπλοΐας ἐργάζεται· ἡδέως φέρων καί τούς πόνους τῆς πράξεως, διά τό μέτριον τῆς θεωρίας· καί τούς λόγους τῆς ἀτελοῦς θεωρίας, διά τό βοηθεῖσθαι ὑπό τῆς πράξεως.
(149) One must be found to have both the strength of the practical life and that of contemplation, lest, like a ship that carries sails not suited to it, one either undergo danger in the violence of the winds because of their excess, or suffer loss of the winds because of the smallness of the vessel. (150) Understand the oarsmen of the rational ship to be the pious thoughts; and the oars, the vital powers of the soul—anger and desire, will and choice. Of these, the practical man is always in need; but the contemplative man is not always. For in the time of prayer, having bidden farewell to all these, he seats himself at the helm of discernment, and keeps watch through the whole night of contemplation, offering praises to the sustainer of the universe. And at some point, taking up even a love song, he sings it over his own soul, observing the surgings of the other sea, and, marveling at the divine words and ordinances as at rushing motions. (151) He who is in a middle state regarding practice and contemplation neither makes his voyage entirely with the oars, as sailors do, nor wholly with the intellectual sails; but through both he works out the need of a good voyage, bearing gladly both the labors of practice, because of the moderation of his contemplation, and the reasonings of imperfect contemplation, because he is aided by practice.
(ρνβ΄) Ὁ μέν θεωρητικός, τῇ γνώμῃ τήν φύσιν ἔχων συντρέχουσαν, ὡς οἷόν τι ῥεῦμα, ἀπόνως ποιεῖται τό πλώϊμον· ὁ δέ πρακτικός, ἐναντιουμένην εὑρίσκων τῇ προαιρέσει τήν σχέσιν, πολύν λογισμῶν ὑφίσταται κλύδωνα, ὡς εἰς ἀπευδοκίας μικροῦ δεῖν διά τό βάρος ἐλθεῖν. (ρνγ΄) Οὔτε χώρα μή καλῶς κατεργασθεῖσα, πολύχουν καί καθαρόν ἀντιπαρέχειν τῶ σπείροντι εἴωθεν, οὔτε ὁ τήν πρακτικήν μετερχόμενος, εἰ μή ἐπιμελῶς ταύτην καί φανητίας ἄνευ μετέρχεται, τόν ἐξ εὐχῆς ὄψεται καρπόν πολύν τε καί καθαρόν.
(ρνδ΄) Ἐπί μέν τῶν ἐνύλων, ὁ νοῦς συνεργόν ἔχει τόν λογισμόν· ( ἐπί δέ τῶν ἀΰλων, εἰ μή αὐτόν παραιτήσηται, ὡς σκώλωπα ἕξει κολαφίζοντα.
(ρνε΄) Κάλυμμα μέν ἔχει ὁ πρακτικός ἐπί τήν καρδίαν αὐτοῦ ἐν εὐχῇ, τήν γνῶσιν τῶν αἰσθητῶν, ἀνακαλυφθῆναι διά τήν σχέσιν μή δυνάμενον· μόνος δέ ὁ θεωρητικός διά τό ἄσχετον, ἀνακεκαλυμμένῳ προσώπῳ ὁρᾷν ἀπό μέρους δύναται τήν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ.
(ρνστ΄) Ἡ μετά πνευματικῆς θεωρίας εὐχή, ἡ γῆ τῆς ἐπαγγελίας ἐστίν, καθ᾿ ἥν ῥέει ὡς μέλι καί γάλα ἡ γνῶσις τῶν περί προνοίας καί κρίσεως λόγων Θεοῦ· ἡ δέ μετά τινος φυσικῆς, ἡ Αἴγυπτος, ἐν ᾗ τῶν παχυτέρων ἐπιθυμιῶν μνήμη τοῖς εὐχομένοις ἐγγίνεται. Ἡ δέ γε ἁπλῆ, τό μάνα ἐστί τό ἐν τῆ ἐρήμῳ, τό διά τό
(152) The contemplative, having nature in harmony with his judgment, makes his voyage without toil, as if it were a stream; but the practical man, finding his disposition opposed to his choice, endures a great surge of thoughts, so that because of the weight he comes almost to despair. (153) Neither does land poorly cultivated customarily yield to the sower an abundant and pure crop, nor will the man who pursues the practical life, unless he pursues it carefully and without fantasy, see the fruit of prayer, abundant and pure.
(154) In the case of material things, the intellect has reasoning as its collaborator; but in the case of immaterial things, unless it dismisses it, it will have it as a goad striking it.
(155) The practical man has a veil over his heart in prayer—the knowledge of sensible things—which cannot be uncovered because of his disposition; but only the contemplative, because he is free of disposition, is able with unveiled face to see in part the glory of God.
(156) Prayer accompanied by spiritual contemplation is the land of promise, in which the knowledge of the words of God concerning providence and judgment flows as honey and milk; but prayer accompanied by a natural contemplation is Egypt, in which the memory of coarser desires arises in those who pray. And the simple prayer is the manna in the wilderness, which because of the
μονοειδές, τοῖς μέν ἀκαρτερήτοις ἐναποκλεῖον τά δι᾿ ἐπιθυμίας τῶν ἐπηγγελμένων καλά· τοῖς δέ ἐγκαρτεροῦσι τῇ τοιαύτῃ ἀπεστενωμένῃ τροφῇ, προξενοῦν τήν κρείττω γεῦσιν καί μένουσαν.
(ρνζ΄) Πρᾶξις σύν θεωρίᾳ μέν ὡς σῶμα μετά πνεύματος ἡγεμονικοῦ· ἄνευ δέ θεωρίας, ὡς σάρξ μετά πνεύματος προαιρετικοῦ λογισθήσεται. (ρνη΄) Τῆς λογικῆς ψυχῆς, αὐλή μέν ἡ αἴσθησις· ναός δέ, ἡ διάνοια· ἀρχιερεύς δέ, ὁ νοῦς. Ἐν τῇ αὐλῇ οὖν ἵσταται ὁ ὑπ' ἀκαίρων νοῦς περικοπτόμενος λογισμῶν· ἐν τῶ ναῷ δέ, ὁ ὑπό εὐκαίρων· ἐπ᾿ οὐδενί δέ τούτων, ὁ εἰς τό θεῖον ἱερατεῖον ἀξιωθείς εἰσελθεῖν.
(ρνθ΄) Θρῆνος μέν καί μέλος καί οὐαί ἐν οἴκῳ τῆς πρακτικῆς ψυχῆς διά τόν κόπον εὑρίσκεται, φωνή δέ ἀγαλλιάσεως καί ἐξομολογήσεως, ( διά τήν γνῶσιν διά τόν τῆς θεωρητικῆς ἐξακούεται. (ρξ΄) Πρακτικός μέν, ἐπιθυμεῖ ἀναλῦσαι, διά τούς πόνους, καί συγγενέσθαι Χριστῷ· θεωρητικός δέ, εὐδοκεῖ μᾶλλον σαρκί παραμένειν· καί διά τήν χαράν, ἥν δέχεται ἐξ εὐχῆς, καί διά τήν τοῦ πλησίον πρός τά γήϊνα ὠφέλειαν. (ρξα΄) Ἐπί μέν τῶν λογιωτέρων, ἡ θεωρία προηγεῖται τῆς πράξεως· ἐπί δέ τῶν ἀγροικοτέρων, τῆς θεωρίας ἡ πρᾶξις· εἰς ἕν δέ τέλος χρηστόν ἀμφότεραι καταλήγουσι. Συντομώτερον δέ τοῦτο ὀφθήσεται, οἷς ἡ θεωρία προηγεῖται τῆς πράξεως.
...uniform, shutting off for the incontinent the good things promised through desire; but for those who endure with such a narrow nourishment, procuring the better and abiding taste.
(157) Action with contemplation is like a body with a governing spirit; but without contemplation, it will be reckoned as flesh with a spirit of choice-bearing reason. (158) Of the rational soul, the court is sense-perception; the temple is the understanding; the high priest is the intellect. In the court, then, stands the intellect that is cut off by untimely thoughts; in the temple, the one cut off by timely thoughts; but in neither of these, the one deemed worthy to enter the divine sanctuary.
(159) Lamentation and song and woe are found in the house of the practical soul because of toil, but a voice of exultation and confession because of knowledge is heard from the house of the contemplative soul. (160) The practical man desires to depart because of his labors, and to be with Christ; but the contemplative man is rather pleased to remain in the flesh, both because of the joy he receives from prayer and because of the benefit to his neighbor in things earthly. (161) In the more intellectual, contemplation precedes action; in the more rustic, action precedes contemplation; but both arrive at one good end. This will be seen more briefly in those in whom contemplation precedes action.
(ρξβ΄) Παράδεισος, ἡ θεωρία τῶν νοητῶν ἐστιν. Ἐν τούτῳ ὁ μέν γνωστικός ὡς ἐν οἰκίᾳ ἔνδοθεν εἰσέρχεται ἐν εὐχῇ· ὁ δέ πρακτικός, ὡς παροδίτης ὀφθήσεται, ἐπιθυμῶν μέν ἔνδοθεν παρακύπτειν· μή συγχωρούμενος δέ, διά τό ὑπερανεστηκέναι τόν φραγμόν τῆς πνευματικῆς ἡλικίας αὐτοῦ. (ρξγ΄) Τά μέν σωματικά πάθη θηρίοις ἐοίκασι· πτηνοῖς δέ, τά ψυχικά· ἀλλά τά μέν ἀπό τοῦ λογικοῦ δύναται ἀμπελῶνος ἀποτειχίζειν ὁ πρακτικός· οὐκέτι δέ καί τά πετεινά, εἰ μή ἐν θεωρίᾳ πνευματικῇ γένηται, κἄν ὅτι μάλιστα ποιήσεται σπουδήν πρός τήν τῶν ἔνδοθεν φυλακήν.
(ρξδ΄) Ἠθικῆς εὐπρεπείας κρείττων πρακτικός γενέσθαι οὐ δύναται, εἰ μή καί αὐτός κατά τόν πατριάρχην Ἀβραάμ ἔξω γένηται, ὡς μέν τῆς οἰκείας, τοῦ φυσικοῦ νόμου, ὡς δέ συγγενείας, τῆς ἥλικος αὐτῷ καί κατά σχέσιν ζωῆς. Οὕτω γάρ καί οὗτος, ὡς σφραγῖδα λήψεται τῆς γενικῆς ἡδονῆς τήν ἀφαίρεσιν, καθ᾿ ( ἥν τό ἀπό γενέσεως κάλυμμα περικείμενον, τήν παντελῆ ἐλευθερίαν οὐ συγχωρεῖ παρασχεθῆναι ἡμῖν.
(162) Paradise is the contemplation of intelligible things. In it the one who is a knower enters within, as into a house, in prayer; but the one who is practical will be seen as a passerby, desiring to peek inside, but not permitted, because the fence of his spiritual maturity stands too high. (163) Bodily passions resemble wild beasts; those of the soul, birds. But the practical man can wall off the things that come from the rational vineyard; yet he cannot [wall off] the birds, unless he comes to be in spiritual contemplation, however much he may make haste toward the guarding of the things within.
(164) The practical man cannot become better than ethical propriety, unless he himself, like the patriarch Abraham, goes outside—as from his own [land], the natural law, and as from his kindred, the life that is of his own age and according to relation. For thus he too will receive as a seal of generic pleasure the removal of that by which the veil that has been wrapped around us from birth does not permit complete freedom to be granted to us.
(ρξε΄) Οὔτε πῶλος ἐν ἔαρι ἔνδον φάτνης μένειν, καί τά ἐκείνης ἐσθίειν ἀνέχεται· οὔτε νεοτελής νοῦς τό ἀπεστενωμένον ἐπί πολύ καρτερεῖν τῆς εὐχῆς οὐ δύναται· ἡδέως μᾶλλον κατ᾿ ἐκεῖνον ἔχων, ἐπί τό πλάτος τῆς φυσικῆς θεωρίας ἐξέρχεσθαι, τῆς κατά τήν ψαλμῳδίαν εὑρισκομένης καί τήν ἀνάγνωσιν. (ρξστ΄) Ὡς μέν ὀσφύας ἔχει περιεζωσμένας, νηστείαν καί ἁγνείαν ἡ πρακτική, τάς ζωτικάς δυνάμεις αὐτῆς· ὡς λύχνους δέ καιομένους, σιωπήν τε καί προσευχήν, τάς γνωστικάς ἡ θεωρητική ἀρετάς, ἐφιστῶσα· ἡ μέν ἐκείναις, τόν λογισμόν ὡς παιδαγωγόν· ἡ δέ ταύταις, ὡς νυμφοστόλον λόγον τόν ἐνδιάθετον. (ρξζ΄) Νοῦς ἀτελής, εἰς τόν κατάκαρπον ἀμπελῶνα τόν τῆς εὐχῆς οὐ συγχωρεῖται εἰσέρχεσθαι· εἰς μόνα δέ καί μόλις, ὡς πρός ἐπιφυλλάδας πτωχός, τά ψιλά τῶν ψαλμῶν ἀπηχήματα.
(ρξη΄) Ὥσπερ οὐ πάντες οἱ εἰς βασιλέως ὁμιλίαν ἐρχόμενοι, συναριστᾷν αὐτῷ δύνανται· οὕτως οὐδέ οἱ εἰς ἐντυχίαν εὐχῆς ἥκοντες, πάντες ἐν θεωρίᾳ τῇ κατ᾿ ἐκείνην ὀφθήσονται.
(163) Neither does a colt in spring remain inside the manger, and endure to eat what is in it; nor can a newly initiated mind persevere for long in the narrow confinement of prayer; preferring rather, according to that saying, to go out into the breadth of natural contemplation, which is found in psalmody and in reading. (166) As one who has his loins girded, the practical life has fasting and chastity as its vital powers; and as one who has burning lamps, the contemplative life has silence and prayer, setting over them its contemplative virtues; the one sets reason as a pedagogue over those, the other sets the indwelling word as a bridesmaid. (167) An imperfect mind is not permitted to enter into the fruitful vineyard of prayer; but only, and with difficulty, like a poor man gathering the leftover grapes, it reaches the bare echoes of the psalms.
(168) Just as not all who come into the king's company are able to dine with him; so neither will all who come to the encounter of prayer be seen in the contemplation that is according to it.
(ρξθ΄) Θυμοῦ μέν κημός, ἡ εὔκαιρος γίνεται σιωπή· ἀλόγου δέ ἐπιθυμίας, ἡ σύμμετρος ἐδωδή. Δυσκαθέκτου δέ λογισμοῦ, ἡ [μονολόγιστος] προσευχή.
(ρο΄) Καί εἰς τόν κάτω βυθόν καί εἰς τόν ἄνω ὁ ὑποδῦναι βουλόμενος, ὁ μέν διά τόν αἰσθητόν, ὁ δέ διά τόν νοητόν μαργαρίτην, ἵνα αὐτόν ἀνιμήσηται, εἰ μή γυμνωθῇ οὗτος τῆς ἐσθῆτος, ἐκεῖνος δέ τῆς αἰσθήσεως, ἀμφότεροι τοῦ ἐπιζητουμένου διαμαρτήσονται.
( (ροα΄) Ὁ μέν ἔνδοθεν τῆς διανοίας αὐτοῦ γενόμενος νοῦς, ἐν τῷ εὔχεσθαι, ὡς μετά νύμφης νυμφίος ἐν τῷ νυμφῶνι διαλεγόμενος εὑρεθήσεται· ὁ δέ μή συγχωρούμενος εἰσελθεῖν, ἔξωθεν ἱστάμενος στενάζων βοᾷ· Τίς ἀπάξει με εἰς πόλιν περιοχῆς; ἤ τίς ὁδηγήσει με, ἕως τοῦ μή βλέπειν εἰς ματαιότητας καί μανίας ψευδεῖς ἐν τῷ εὔχεσθαι.
(ροβ΄) Ὁποία ἡ χωρίς ἁλός τῷ φάρυγγι λογιζομένη τροφή, τοιαύτη καί ἡ ἐκτός κατανύξεως λογισθήσεται τῷ νῷ μετερχομένη εὐχή. (ρογ΄) Ἡ μέν ἔτι καταδιώκουσα ψυχή τήν εὐχήν, τῇ ὠδινούσῃ ὑπάρχει παρεμφερής· ἡ δέ καταλαβοῦσα, τῇ κυησάσῃ, καί πλήρει γενομένῃ διά τόν τόκον χαρᾶς.
(189) Timely silence is a muzzle for anger; moderate eating is a muzzle for irrational desire; and single-minded prayer is a muzzle for a thought that is hard to restrain.
(190) Whoever wishes to descend into the depth below and to ascend above—the one for the sake of the sensible pearl, the other for the sake of the intelligible pearl—must, if he is to draw it up, be stripped: the one of his clothing, the other of sensation; otherwise both will miss what they seek.
(191) The mind that has come within its own understanding will be found in prayer conversing with the bridegroom in the bridal chamber, as a bride with her bridegroom; but the mind that is not permitted to enter stands outside, groaning and crying out: Who will lead me into a city of refuge? Or who will guide me until I no longer look upon vanities and false follies in prayer?
(192) As food conceived in the throat without salt, so also is prayer pursued by the mind without compunction. (193) The soul that is still pursuing prayer is like a woman in labor; the one that has attained it is like a woman who has conceived and is filled with joy because of the birth.
(ροδ΄) Πάλαι μέν ὁ Ἀμοῤῥαῖος ἐν τῷ ὄρει οἰκῶν, ἐτίτρωσκεν ἐξερχόμενος τούς παραβιαζομένους διέρχεσθαι· νυνί δέ ἡ πονηρά λήθη διώκει τούς πρό τῆς ἁγνείας ἐπί τήν ὑψηλοτέραν ἐπιχειροῦντας ἀναβαίνειν εὐχήν τῆς ἁπλότητος. (ροε΄) Τῆς καθαρᾶς εὐχῆς, ἐν ἔχθρᾳ πολλῇ πεφύκασιν εἶναι οἱ δαίμονες. Καταπλήττει δέ τούτους, οὐχί πλῆθος τῶν κακῶν [καλῶν], ὡς τούς ἔξωθεν πολεμίους τό στράτευμα· ἀλλ᾿ ἡ τριῶν συμφωνία, νοῦ πρός λόγον, καί λόγου πρός αἴσθησιν.
(ροστ΄) Ἡ μέν ψιλή εὐχή, ὡς ἄρτος ὀφθήσεται ἀρχομένους στηρίζουσα· ἡ δέ μετά τινος θεωρίας, ὡς ἔλαιον πιαίνουσα· ἡ δέ ἀνείδεος, ὡς οἶνος εὐώδης, οὗ οἱ ἐμφορούμενοι ἀπλήστως ἐξίστανται.
( (ροζ΄) Ἄγριος μέν ὄνος, πόλεως μέν λέγεται πολυοχλίας καταγελᾷν· καί μονόκερως δέ ὑπ᾿ οὐδενός δεσμεῖσθαι δυνάμενος. Νοῦς δέ φύσεως, καί τῶν περί φύσιν βασιλεύσας λόγων, ματαιότητος μέν καταγελᾷ λογισμῶν προσευχόμενος· παρ᾿ οὐδενός δέ δύναται τῶν ὑπό τήν αἴσθησιν κατεξουσιάζεσθαι. (ροη΄) Χρή τόν ἀγωνιζόμενον, τήν μέν αἴσθησιν αὐτοῦ, εἰς τήν μονοειδή συστέλλειν τροφήν· τόν δέ νοῦν, εἰς τήν μονολόγιστον προσευχήν· οὕτως γάρ ἄσχετος γεγονώς ἐκ παθῶν, καί ἐπί τό ἁρπάζεσθαι πρός Κύριον ἥξει ἐν τῷ προσεύχεσθαι.
(194) Formerly the Amorite, dwelling on the mountain, used to wound those who forced their way through as he came out; but now evil forgetfulness pursues those who, before purity, attempt to ascend to the higher prayer of simplicity. (195) The demons are by nature in great enmity against pure prayer. And what strikes them with amazement is not a multitude of [good] deeds, as a army does enemies from outside, but the concord of three: of the mind with the word, and of the word with the senses.
(196) Bare prayer will appear as bread, strengthening beginners; prayer with some contemplation, as oil making them fat; and formless prayer, as fragrant wine, with which those who are filled without satiety are beside themselves.
(197) The wild ass is said to laugh at the crowdedness of a city; and the unicorn cannot be bound by anyone. And the mind that has reigned over nature and the words concerning nature laughs at the thoughts of vanity when it prays; and it cannot be dominated by anything under the senses. (198) The one who struggles must contract his senses to uniform food, and his mind to single-thought prayer; for thus, having become unrestrained from the passions, he will come to be caught up to the Lord in his praying.
(ροθ΄) Ῥάβδον μέν ὁ κυσίν ἐπισείων ἠγρίωσε καθ᾿ ἑαυτοῦ· δαίμονας δέ, ὁ καθαρῶς ἐκβιαζόμενος εὔχεσθαι. (ρπ΄) Οἱ μέν ἡδυπαθεῖς προσευχόμενοι, ἅτε ὑλώδεις ὄντες, ὡς βατράχους ἔχουσι τούς λογισμούς περισπῶντας αὐτούς· οἱ δέ μετριοπαθεῖς, τάς θεωρίας ὡς ἀηδόνας κατατερπούσας αὐτούς, τῇ ἀπ᾿ ἄλλων εἰς ἄλλους ἀκρέμονας, τουτέστι ποικίλας θεωρίας, μεταβάσει· σιγή δέ πρόσεστι τοῖς ἀπαθέσι καί ἠρεμία πολλή ἐκ λογισμῶν καί νοημάτων ἐν τῷ προσεύχεσθαι. (ρπα΄) Πάλαι μέν ἡ τοῦ Μωσέως Μαρία τῶν πολεμίων τήν πτῶσιν θεασαμένη, τό τύμπανον ἀραμένη, ἐξῆρχε ταῖς ᾀδούσαις τά ἐπινίκια· νυνί δέ εἰς εὐφημίαν τῆς νικησάσης τά πάθη ψυχῆς, ἡ κρείττων ἐν ἀρεταῖς ἀγάπη διεγερθεῖσα, τήν μετ᾿ ᾠδῆς κιθάραν ὥσπερ τινά θεωρίαν μεταχειριζομένη ταύτῃ πάλαι τήν πονηθεῖσαν εἰς κάλλους περιουσίαν, οὐ παύεται σύν τοῖς περί τήν αὐτήν ἀγαλλιωμένη αἰνεῖν τόν Θεόν.
(ρπβ΄) Ὁπόταν διά συνεχείας τῆς κατά τήν εὐχήν κατασχεθῇ ( τά λόγια τῶν ψαλμῶν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ τοῦ εὐχομένου, τότε καί αὐτός γῆ καθάπερ ἀγαθή, ἄρχεται αὐτομάτως ἀναφέρειν, ὡς μέν ῥόδα, τήν θεωρίαν τῶν ἀσωμάτων· ὡς δέ ἴα, τό ποικίλον τῶν θείων κριμάτων δυσθεώρητον.
(194) The one who brandishes a rod at dogs has provoked them against himself; and so has the one who forces himself to pray purely, against the demons. (195) Those who pray while given to pleasure, being as it were material, have their thoughts like frogs leaping about and distracting them; while those with moderate passions have their contemplations like nightingales delighting them, by passing from one branch to another—that is, from one contemplation to another, varied contemplations; but silence and great stillness from thoughts and concepts attend those who are free from passions when they pray. (196) Formerly Mary, the sister of Moses, when she saw the fall of the enemies, took up the timbrel and led the singing women in the victory song; but now, to the praise of the soul that has conquered the passions, the love that is greater in virtues, having been stirred up, handling the lyre with song as a kind of contemplation, does not cease, rejoicing together with those who are with her, to praise God for that beauty which was formerly toiled for, as a kind of abundance of beauty.
(197) Whenever, through the continuity of prayer, the words of the psalms are held fast in the heart of the one praying, then he too, like good earth, begins of its own accord to bring forth, as roses, the contemplation of incorporeal beings; and as violets, the varied and hard-to-behold nature of the divine judgments.
(ρπγ΄) Ἐν ὕλῃ μέν δεσμευθεῖσα φλόξ, φωτοφόρος καθίσταται· ἐξ ὕλης δέ λυθεῖσα ψυχή, θεοφόρος εὑρίσκεται. Κἀκείνη μέν αἴρεσθαι πέφυκεν ἄχρι τοῦ ὑπεκκαύματος· αὕτη δέ, μέχρι τοῦ κατά τόν θεῖον ἔρωτα συμπεράσματος. (ρπδ΄) Ἡ τελείως ἑαυτήν ἀρνησαμένη ψυχή, καί ὁλικῶς ἀνατεθεῖσα πρός εὐχήν, αὕτη οὐχ ὅτε βούλεται κάτω γίνεται, ἄνωθεν εὑρισκομένη τῆς κτίσεως· ἀλλ᾿ ὅτε δίκαιον εἶναι δόξει τῷ πάντα σταθμῷ καί μέτρῳ διεξάγοντι τά ἡμέτερα. (ρπε΄) Ὅταν ἐξ ψυχῆς μέν ἡ ἀκηδία ἀπελαθῇ· ἐκ διανοίας δέ ἡ πονηρία ἐκτιναχθῇ, τότε ὁ νοῦς γυμνός γινόμενος τῇ ἁπλότητι, ζωῇ τε τῇ ἀτέχνῳ καί δίχα παντός τοῦ κατά τήν αἰσχύνην ἐπικαλύμματος, καί τοῦ κατά τήν φανητίαν προβλήματος, ᾆσμα μέν ᾄδει καί οὗτος καινόν τῷ Θεῷ· εὐχαριστεῖ δέ μέλος ἀνακρουόμενος ἐν εὐφροσύνῃ, τῷ τῆς μελλούσης τά ἐγκαίνια προερτάζειν βιώσεως. (ρπστ΄) Ὅταν τινάς θειοτέρας ἐνεργείας ἐνεργεῖσθαι ἄρξηται ἡ εὐχομένη ψυχή, τότε καί αὐτή κατά τήν ἐν ᾌσμασι Νύμφην, πρός τάς ὁμοιοτρόπους τοιαῦτα ὑποφωνεῖ· Ἀδελφιδός μου ἀπέστειλε τήν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ ἀπό τῆς ὀπῆς, καί ἡ κοιλία μου ἐθροήθη ἐπ᾿ αὐτόν.
(193) A flame bound in matter becomes light-bearing; but a soul released from matter is found God-bearing. And the former is naturally carried up as far as its fuel; but the latter, as far as the consummation of divine love. (194) The soul that has perfectly denied itself and wholly devoted itself to prayer—this soul does not go below when it wishes, being found above creation; but when it seems just to the one who orders our affairs by all weight and measure. (195) When listlessness has been driven out of the soul, and wickedness shaken out of the mind, then the intellect, becoming naked in simplicity, and in uncontrived life, and without any covering of shame, and without the screen of fantasy—this one too sings a new song to God; and gives thanks, striking up a melody in gladness, to the one who anticipates the inauguration of the life to come. (196) When the praying soul begins to have certain more divine energies worked in it, then it too, like the Bride in the Songs, answers in kind to such things: My kinsman sent his hand through the opening, and my belly was stirred at him.
(ρπζ΄) Καί στρατιώτης ἐκ τοῦ πολέμου ἐπαναλύσας, τό βάρος τῶν ὅπλων ἀποσκευάζεται· καί πρακτικός τούς λογισμούς, εἰς θεωρίαν ἐρχόμενος· οὔτε γάρ ἐκεῖνος εἰ μή ἐν πολέμῳ χρείαν ἔχει τῶν ὅπλων, οὔτε οὗτος τῶν λογισμῶν. ( (ρπη΄) Οἱ μέν πρακτικοί ὡς ἔχουσι θέσεως θεωροῦσι τά σώματα· οἱ δέ θεωρητικοί, ὡς ἔχουσι φύσεως· μόνοι δέ τούς λόγους ἀμφοτέρων ὁρῶσιν οἱ γνωστικοί.
(ρπθ΄) Ἐν μέν τοῖς λόγοις τῶν σωμάτων, γινώσκονται τά ἀσώματα· ἐν ἀσωμάτοις δέ, λόγος ὁ ὑπερούσιος, πρός ὅν ἐπείγεται πᾶσα σπουδαία ἀναλῦσαι ψυχή.
(ρ ΄) Οἱ λόγοι τῶν σωμάτων, ὡς ὀστᾶ εἰσι τοῖς αἰσθητοῖς ἐπικαλυπτόμενοι, οὕς ἴδῃ οὐδείς, τῶν ἔξω μή γενομένων τῆς προσπαθείας τῶν αἰσθητῶν.
(ρ α΄) Ἀποτίθεται καί στρατιώτης τά ὅπλα, καταλείψας τόν πόλεμον· καί θεωρητικός τούς λογισμούς, ἀναλύων πρός Κύριον. (ρ β΄) Καί στρατηγός ἐν πολέμῳ σκύλων διαμαρτάνων, ἐν ἀθυμίᾳ καθίσταται· καί πρακτικός ἐν εὐχῇ, θεωρίας πνευματικῆς. (ρ γ΄) Ἔλαφος μέν ἐπί σωματικῶν ὑδάτων τρέχει πηγάς, ὑπό [ὄφεως] θηρός ὡς ὁ δηχθείς· ψυχή δέ, ἡ τῷ γλυκυτάτῳ βέλει τρωθεῖσα τῷ τῆς εὐχῆς, ἐπί ἀσωμάτων αὐγάς.
(197) And a soldier returning from war sets aside the weight of his weapons; and the practical man sets aside his thoughts when he comes to contemplation; for neither does that man have need of weapons except in war, nor this man of thoughts. (198) The practical men contemplate bodies as they have position; but the contemplative men, as they have nature; but the gnostic men alone see the principles of both.
(199) In the principles of bodies, incorporeal things are known; but in incorporeal things, the supersubstantial Word, toward whom every earnest soul hastens to be dissolved.
(200) The principles of bodies are like bones covered over by sensible things, which no one would see, unless he had come outside the attachment to sensible things.
(201) A soldier too sets aside his weapons, having left the war; and the contemplative man his thoughts, dissolving toward the Lord. (202) And a general in war who misses the spoils is brought into despondency; and the practical man in prayer, into spiritual contemplation. (203) A deer runs to the springs of bodily waters, as one bitten by the beast; but the soul, wounded by the sweetest dart of prayer, runs to the rays of incorporeal things.
(ρ δ΄) Οὔτε σωματικός ὀφθαλμός τόν κόκκον τοῦ σίτου ἰδεῖν δύναται, οὔτε νοῦς πρακτικός τήν φύσιν τήν ἑαυτοῦ, εἰ μή γυμνωθῇ, ἐκεῖνος μέν, ἐλύτρου, οὗτος δέ, σχέσεως τῆς περικαλυπτούσης αὐτόν. (ρ ε΄) Κρύπτοναι ἀστέρες μέν, ἡλίου ἀνατολῇ· λογισμοί δέ ἐκλιμπάνουσι, τοῦ νοῦ πρός τήν οἰκείαν βασιλείαν ἐπαναστρέφοντος. ( (ρ στ΄) Μετά τό τέλος τῆς πρακτικῆς, αἱ πνευματικαί θεωρίαι περιχυθεῖσαι τῷ νῷ, οἷά τινες ἀκτῖνες ἡλίου αἱ τοῦ ὁρίζοντος ὑπερκύψασαι, δοκοῦσιν ἔξωθεν αὐτοῦ προσβάλλειν, οἰκεῖαι οὖσαι, καί διά καθαρότητα ἐκεῖνον περιπτυσσόμεναι.
(ρ ζ΄) Τοιαῦτα καί νοῦς θεωρητικός ἐκλαλεῖν δύναται, ὅτε ἄνωθεν ἀπ᾿ οὐρανοῦ καταβῇ, φύσεως ἀνάγκαις ἐπικλιθείς· οἷα καί ὁ φθεγξάμενος· Θείου κάλλους τί ὑπάρχει θαυμασιώτερον; καί τίς ἔννοια τῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ μεγαλοπρεπείας χαριεστέρα; Ποῖος δέ οὕτω πόθος δριμύς καί ἀφόρητος, ὡς ὁ ἀπό Θεοῦ ἐγγινόμενος τῇ ἀπό πάσης κακίας κεκαθαρμένῃ ψυχῇ, καί ἀπό διαθέσεως λεγούσῃ, ὅτι Τετρωμένη ἀγάπης ἐγώ;
(198) Neither can the bodily eye see the grain of wheat, nor can the practical mind see its own nature, unless it be stripped—the one of its husk, the other of the attachment that wraps around it. (199) Stars are hidden at the rising of the sun; and thoughts fail when the mind turns back to its own kingdom. (200) After the end of the practical life, the spiritual contemplations, poured around the mind like rays of the sun that have risen above the horizon, seem to strike it from outside, being akin to it, and by their purity to embrace it.
(201) Such things the contemplative mind is able to utter when it has come down from above, from heaven, yielding to the constraints of nature; such things as he also who spoke: What is more wonderful than divine beauty? And what thought of God's magnificence is more gracious? What desire, then, is so sharp and unbearable as the one that is born from God in the soul purified from every evil, and from a disposition that says, I am wounded with love?
(ρ η΄) Ἐκείνου ἐστίν τό λέγειν· Ἐθερμάνθη ἡ καρδία μου ἐντός μου, καί ἐν τῇ μελέτη μου ἐκκαυθήσεται πῦρ, τοῦ μή κοπιῶντος ὀπίσω Θεοῦ κατακολουθεῖν δι᾿ εὐχῆς, μηδέ ἡμέραν ἀνθρώπους ἐπιθυμοῦντος θεάσασθαι. (ρ θ΄) Λεγέτω καί ψυχή πρακτική μετά τήν ἀπόθεσιν τῶν κακῶν, κατά τήν ἐν τῷ ᾌσματι ἐπί τῶν ἐκβιαζομένων αὖθις αὐτήν πονηρῶν δαιμόνων καί λογισμῶν, ἐπιβλέπειν εἰς ματαιότητα καί μανίας ψευδεῖς· Ἐξεδυσάμην τόν χιτῶνά μου, πῶς ἐνδύσομαι αὐτόν; ἐνιψάμην τούς πόδας μου, πῶς μολυνῶ αὐτούς. (σ΄) Ὤ ψυχῆς θεοφιλοῦς, τῆς λέγειν τολμώσης πρός Θεόν, Ἀπάγγειλόν μοι, ὁ ποιμήν ὁ καλός, ποῦ ποιμαίνεις τά πρόβατά σου, ποῦ κοιτάζεις ἐν μεσημβρίᾳ τούς ἄρνας σου· ἵνα τούτοις ἀκολουθοῦσα, μή γένωμαι ὡς πεπλανημένη ἐν ἀγέλαις ἑταίρων.
(σα΄) Ζητοῦσα τόν τῆς εὐχῆς ἡ πρακτική κρατῆσαι λόγον, ( καί μή δυναμένη, τοιαῦτα, κατά τήν ἐν ᾌσμασι, καί αὐτῇ βοᾷ· Ἐπί κοίτην μου ἐν νυξίν ἐζήτησα ὅν ἠγάπησα· ἐζήτησα, καί οὐχ εὗρον αὐτόν· ἐκάλεσα αὐτόν, καί οὐχ ὑπήκουσέ μου. Ἀναστήσομαι δή δι᾿ εὐχῆς ἐπιπονωτέρας, καί κυκλώσασα ἐν τῇ πόλει ἐν ταῖς πλατείαις καί ταῖς ἀγοραῖς, ζητήσω ὅν ἠγάπησα. Ἴσως εὑρεθήσεταί μοι, ὁ ἐν παντί τῷδε ὤν, καί τοῦ παντός ἔξω. Χορτασθήσομαι ἐν τῷ ὀφθῆναί μοι τήν δόξαν αὐτοῦ.
(198) It belongs to that man to say, "My heart grew hot within me, and in my meditation a fire shall be kindled," who does not grow weary of following after God through prayer, nor desire by day to look upon men. (199) Let the practical soul also say, after the laying aside of evils, in the words spoken in the Song concerning the wicked demons and thoughts that again constrain her, "I looked upon vanity and false madnesses": "I have put off my coat, how shall I put it on? I have washed my feet, how shall I defile them?" (200) O soul beloved of God, that dares to say to God, "Tell me, O good Shepherd, where you feed your sheep, where you make your lambs to lie down at noon, that following them I may not become as one gone astray among the flocks of companions."
(201) Seeking to grasp the principle of prayer, the practical soul, and not being able, cries out also herself, in the words of the Song: "In the nights I sought upon my bed him whom I loved; I sought him, and found him not; I called him, and he did not answer me. I will arise therefore through more strenuous prayer, and having gone about in the city, in the streets and in the marketplaces, I will seek him whom I loved. Perhaps he will be found by me—he who is in all this and outside the whole. I shall be filled when his glory appears to me.
(σβ΄) Ὅταν ὅλη δακρύων ἐκ τῆς περί τήν εὐχήν χαρᾶς ἄρξηται γίνεσθαι ἡ ψυχή, τότε καί αὐτήν παῤῥησιαζομένη, ὡς πρός τόν ἑαυτῆς νυμφίον βοᾷ· Καταβήτω ἀδελφίδός μου εἰς κῆπον αὐτοῦ, καί φαγέτω τῶν ἐμῶν ὡς ἀκροδρύων τήν πονηθεῖσαν παράκλησιν.
(σγ΄) Ὅταν ἡ πρακτική ψυχή ἐκ μεγέθους καί καλλονῆς κτισμάτων θαυμάζειν ἄρξηται τόν Δημιουργόν, καί τῆς ἐκ τούτων κατατρυφᾷν ἡδονῆς, ταῦτα καί αὐτή ἐκπληττομένη βοᾷ· Τί ὡραιώθης, νυμφίε, παράδεισε Πατρός σου. Ἄνθος τοῦ πεδίου, καί κέδροι αὐτοῦ, ὡς κέδροι τοῦ Λιβάνου. Ὑπό τήν σκιάν αὐτοῦ ἐπεθύμησα, καί ἐκάθισα, καί ὁ καρπός ὤφθη γλυκύς ἐν τῷ λάρυγγί μου. (σδ΄) Εἰ ὁ βασιλέα ὑποδεχόμενος εἰς τό δωμάτιον αὐτοῦ, οὕτω περιφανής εὑρίσκεται καί περίδοξος, καί πάσης ἄλλης... [ἴσ. ἔμπλεως] χαρᾶς, τί πάθοι ψυχή, ἡ τόν Βασιλέα τῶν βασιλέων ἐν τῷ καθαρθῆναι ὑποδεξαμένη κατά τήν ἀψευδῆ ἐκείνου ὑπόσχεσιν; Καί τί ἐάσει, ἔξω μέν βάλλουσα τό μή εἰς ἀνάπαυσιν ἐκείνῳ δοκοῦν· ἔνδοθεν δέ εἰσάγουσα τό εἰς ἐκείνου ἀρέσκειαν; (σε΄) Ὁ κληθῆναι προσδοκῶν παρά βασιλέως τῇ αὔριον, τίνος ἐν φροντίδι ἄλλου ἔσεται, ἤ λόγων μελέτης τῶν εἰς ἐκείνου ( εἶναι μελλόντων ἀρέσκειαν; Τοῦτο τηροῦσα πᾶσα ψυχή, οὐκ ὀφθήσεται ἀπαρασκεύαστος πρός τό ἐκεῖθεν κριτήριον.
(202) When the soul begins to become wholly tears from the joy that comes from prayer, then, speaking boldly as to her own bridegroom, she cries out: Let my brother come down into his garden, and let him eat of my fruits as of the fruits of trees, the petition that has been labored over.
(203) When the practical soul begins, from the greatness and beauty of created things, to marvel at the Creator, and to delight in the pleasure that comes from them, then, struck with wonder at these things, she too cries out: How beautiful you have become, bridegroom, paradise of your Father. Flower of the field, and his cedars, as the cedars of Lebanon. Under his shadow I desired, and I sat down, and his fruit appeared sweet in my throat. (204) If the one who receives a king into his chamber is found to be so distinguished and glorious, and full of every other... joy, what would a soul suffer, having received the King of kings in its purification according to his unerring promise? And what will it leave out, casting outside what does not seem to him to be for rest, and bringing inside what is pleasing to him? (205) The one who expects to be called by the king tomorrow, of what other thing will he be in care, than the study of words that are going to be for that one's pleasing? Every soul that keeps this will not be seen unprepared for the judgment that comes from there.
(σστ΄) Μακαρία ψυχή, ἡ διά τό σήμερον προσδοκᾷν ἥξειν τόν Κύριον ἑαυτῆς, μηδέν ἡγουμένη ὅλως τόν πόνον τῆς ἡμέρας πάσης· μηδέν τόν τῆς νυκτός, διά τό εὐθέως ἐπί τό πρωΐ τοῦτον μέλλειν αὐτῇ ἐμφανίζεσθαι. (σζ΄) Πάντας μέν ὁρᾷ ὁ Θεός· ὁρῶσι δέ τόν Θεόν, οἱ θεωροῦντες μηδέν ἐν τῷ εὔχεσθαι. Καί ὅσοι μέν ὁρῶσι τόν Θεόν, καί εἰσακούονται παρ᾿ αὐτόν. Μακάριος δέ, ὁ πιστεύων ὅτι βλέπεται ὑπό τοῦ Θεοῦ· οὐ σαλευθήσεται γάρ ὁ πούς αὐτοῦ τῆς ἀρεσκείας ἐκείνου χάριν.
(ση΄) Τῆς ἐντός ἡμῶν οὔσης βασιλείας τά ἀγαθά, ὁ φιλόκοσμος ὀφθαλμός οὐκ εἶδε· καί ἀκοή φιλότιμος οὐκ ἤκουσε, καί ἐπί καρδίαν κενήν Πνεύματος ἁγίου οὐκ ἀνέβη· ἀῤῤαβῶνές εἰσι τῶν μελλόντων δίδοσθαι τοῖς δικαίοις ἀγαθῶν ἐν τῇ μελλούσῃ βασιλείᾳ Χριστοῦ· καί ὁ μή ἐν τούτοις τρυφῶν, οἵτινές εἰσιν οἱ καρποί Πνεύματος, ἐν ἀπολαύσει ἐκείνων γενέσθαι οὐ δύναται.
(σθ΄) Οἱ τῶν πρακτικῶν λογισμοί ἐλάφοις ἐοίκασιν. Ὡς γάρ ἐκεῖναι ποτέ μέν ἄνω εἰσίν ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσι διά τόν φόβον τῶν θηρατῶν, ποτέ δέ κάτω ἐν ταῖς κοιλάσι διά τόν πόθον τῶν ἐν αὐταῖς· οὕτω καί οὗτοι· οὔτε πάντοτε ἐν θεωρίᾳ πνευματική δύνανται εἶναι, διά τό αὐτῶν εὐτελές· οὔτε ἀεί ἐν τῇ φυσικῇ, διά τό μή τήν ἀνάπαυσιν διώκειν ἀεί. Τῶν μέντοι θεωρητικῶν, περιπεζίων ὑπερόπται θεωρημάτων καθίστανται.
(206) Blessed is the soul which, because it hopes today that its Lord will come, counts the toil of the whole day as nothing, and the toil of the night as nothing, because he is about to appear to it immediately at daybreak. (207) God sees all; but those who see God are those who contemplate nothing while praying. And as many as see God are also heard by him. Blessed is the one who believes that he is seen by God, for his foot of pleasing him shall not be moved for his sake.
(208) The good things of the kingdom that is within us, the eye that loves the world has not seen, and the ear that loves honor has not heard, and they have not come up upon a heart empty of the Holy Spirit. They are the earnest of the good things to be given to the righteous in the coming kingdom of Christ; and the one who does not delight in these things, which are the fruits of the Spirit, cannot come to be in the enjoyment of those things.
(209) The thoughts of practical men are like deer. For as those are sometimes up in the mountains because of fear of the hunters, and sometimes down in the valleys because of longing for the things in them, so also are these: they are able neither to be always in spiritual contemplation, because of their own worthlessness, nor always in natural contemplation, because they do not always pursue rest. But they become despisers of the theoretical thoughts that are on foot, as it were, compared with the contemplative ones.
(σι΄) Βόλοι μέν δρόσου, γῆς μεθύσκουσιν αὔλακας διαθέσεις δέ ψυχῆς ἐν εὐχῇ, ἔμβροχοι στεναγμοί ἀπό καρδίας ἀναδιδόμενοι. ( (σια΄) Τῆς ἐν Τριάδι νοουμένης θεότητος, οὐδείς ἐν θεωρίᾳ ὀφθήσεται, ὑλικῆς δυάδος, καί τῆς γείτονος μονάδος ἄνωθεν μή ὀφθείς· οὐδέ ταύτης γενήσεται ὑψηλότερος, μή μοναδικόν τόν ἑαυτοῦ νοουμένοις ἐργασάμενος νοῦν.
(σιβ΄) Οὐ τοσοῦτον δυσχερές εὑρεθήσεται τό ποταμοῦ ἀνακόψαι ὁδόν ἐπί τά κάτω μή φέρεσθαι, ὅσον νοῦν ῥύμην ἀναχαιτίσαι, μή ἐν τοῖς ὁρωμένοις σκεδάννυσθαι, πρός δέ τά ἄνω καί συγγενῆ, ὅτε βούλεται τῷ εὐχομένῳ συνάγεσθαι· κἄν τοῦτο μέν κατά φύσιν, ἐκεῖνο δέ παρά φύσιν καθέστηκεν. (σιγ΄) Τόν νοῦν οἱ καθαιρόμενοι εἴσω [ἔξω] τῶν ὁρωμένων παραπέμποντες, τοσούτου πίμπλανται θάμβους, καί τοσαύτης πληροῦνται χαρᾶς, ὡς μηδέν ἕτερον χωρῆσαι τῶν ἐπιγείων δύνασθαι, μηδ᾿ ἄν εἰ πάντα πρός αὐτούς συῤῥυεῖεν τά περιμάχητα.
(σιδ΄) Ἐξαρκοῦσι καί μόνοι οἱ νόμοι ῥηθέντες τῆς φύσεως, πρός τό λίαν θαυμάζεσθαι· κατανοούμενοι δέ, λειμῶνες εὑρίσκονται εὐανθεῖς, ὡς ἐξ οὐρανίου νέκταρος, ἀκηράτοις βρύοντες ἄνθεσι τῆς πνευματικῆς πανδαισίας τόν γλυκασμόν. (σιε΄) Ἐν δροσεροῖς μέν ἄνθεσι λειμώνων τήν βασιλίδα τοῦ σμήνους περιζάνουσι μέλιτται· ἐν κατανύξει δέ τῇ γενομένῃ ἀδιαλείπτως ψυχῇ, ὡς οἰκεῖαι αἱ νοεραί δυνάμεις περικυκλοῦσαι, συνεκποθοῦσι τά καταθύμια. (σιστ΄) Ἐν μέν τῷ ὁρωμένῳ κόσμῳ, ὡς ἄλλος τις κόσμος ὁρᾶται ὁ ἄνθρωπος· ἐν δέ τῷ νοουμένῳ, ὁ λογισμός· οὐρανοῦ μέν γάρ καί τῶν ἐν μέσῳ οὗτος ἐκείνῳ καταγγελεύς·
(206) Blessed is the soul which, because it hopes today that its Lord will come, counts the toil of the whole day as nothing, and the toil of the night as nothing, because he is about to appear to it immediately at daybreak.
(216) Showers of dew make the furrows of the earth drunk; and the dispositions of the soul in prayer are moist groans sent up from the heart. (217) No one will be seen in contemplation of the Godhead that is understood in the Trinity, unless he has first been seen from above to have passed beyond the material dyad and the neighboring monad; nor will he become higher than this, unless he has made his own mind, as understood by those who understand, monadic.
(218) It will not be found so difficult to turn back the course of a river so that it is not carried downward, as to check the rush of the mind so that it is not scattered among things visible, but is gathered, when it wills, toward things above and akin to itself, for the one who prays; even though the former is according to nature, and the latter is contrary to nature. (219) Those who are being purified, sending the mind inward [outward] beyond things visible, are filled with so much amazement, and are filled with so much joy, that they are able to contain nothing else of earthly things, not even if all the things most fought over should rush in upon them.
(220) The laws of nature, when merely spoken, suffice to be greatly marveled at; but when contemplated, they are found to be blooming meadows, gushing with the sweetness of spiritual feasting from heavenly nectar through undefiled flowers. (221) Bees encircle the queen of the swarm among the dewy flowers of meadows; and upon a soul that is continually in compunction, the noetic powers, as though they were its own, encircling it, join in longing for the things it desires. (222) In the visible world, man is seen as a kind of other world; in the intelligible world, reasoning is so; for this is the herald to that of heaven and of the things in between.
νοῦ δέ καί αἰσθήσεως, καί τῶν περί αὐτά, ὑποφήτης ὑπάρχει ὁ λογισμός· ὧν ἄνευ, ἀμφότεροι κόσμοι ἐκεκώφωντο ἄν. (σιζ΄) Οὐχ οὕτως ἀπολυθείς αἰχμάλωτος διά χρόνον πορεύεται, ( ὡς νοῦς τῶν ὑλικῶν σχέσεων ἐλευθερωθείς, πρός τά οὐράνια ὡς πρός τά οἰκεῖα πορεύεται ἀγαλλομένῳ ποδί.
(σιη΄) Τῷ μή μετά προσοχῆς εὐχομένῳ, ἀλλά διαχεομένῳ, βάρβαρος μέν ὁ ψαλμός λογισθήσεται· αὐτός δέ τῷ ψαλμῷ, ὡς βάρβαρος· καί ὡς μαινόμενοι ἀμφότεροι δαίμοσιν.
(σιθ΄) Οὐ ταὐτόν ἐστιν οἷς ἐσταυρώθη ὁ κόσμος, καί οἵτινες τῷ κόσμῳ ἐσταύρωνται. Τοῖς μέν γάρ, ἧλοι νηστεία καί ἀγρυπνία· τοῖς δέ, ἀκτημοσύνη καί ἐξουδένωσις. Τῶν δέ δευτέρων χωρίς, οἱ πόνοι τῶν προτέρων ἀνωφελεῖς. (σκ΄) Οὐ καθαρῶς δύναται προσεύξασθαι, ὁ φιλοκάλῳ πάθει καί φιλοτίμῳ κρατούμενος. Περί ταῦτα γάρ αἱ σχέσεις, καί οἱ τῆς ματαιότητος λογισμοί τήν οἰκειότητα ἔχοντες, σχοινία καθάπερ ἐκείνῳ περιπλεκόμενοι γίνονται, κατασπῶντες ὡς οἷα στρουθίον δεδεμένον ἀναπτῆναι πειρώμενον ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τῆς εὐχῆς.
(206) ...of the mind and of the senses, and of the things pertaining to them, the reason is the interpreter; without which both worlds would have been deafened. (207) Not so does a captive released by time go on his way, as the mind, freed from material attachments, journeys to the heavenly things as to its own, with exulting foot.
(208) For the one who prays not with attention but with a scattered mind, the psalm will be reckoned barbarian, and he himself barbarian to the psalm; and both are like madmen to the demons.
(209) It is not the same thing to be those to whom the world has been crucified, and those who have been crucified to the world. For to the former, fasting and vigil are the nails; to the latter, poverty and contempt. And without the second, the labors of the first are unprofitable. (210) He cannot pray purely who is mastered by the passion for beauty and the love of honor. For around these things are the attachments, and the thoughts of vanity having kinship with them become like ropes entangled around him, dragging him down like a sparrow tied fast and trying to fly away in the time of prayer.
(σκα΄) Ἀδύνατον εἰρηνικόν γενέσθαι τόν νοῦν ἐν εὐχῇ, ἐγκράτειαν καί ἀγάπην φίλην τόν μή κτησάμενον. Ἡ μέν γάρ, τήν κατά τῆς ψυχῆς ἐκ τοῦ σώματος ἔχθραν καταλύειν ἐπαγωνίζεσθαι· ἡ δέ, τήν πρός τόν πλησίον διά τόν Θεόν. Κἀντεῦθεν ἡ ὑπερέχουσα πάντα νοῦν εἰρήνη ἐπιδημοῦσα, μόνην ποιεῖσθαι πρός τόν οὑτωσί κατειρηνεύσαντα ἐπηγγείλατο.
(σκβ΄) Ἀνάγκη τοῦ εἰς βασιλείαν Θεοῦ ἀγωνιζομένου εἰσελθεῖν, περισσεύειν ἐν ἀγαθοῖς τό ἔργον τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ· ἐν ἐλεημοσύναις μέν, διά τῆς ἐκ τοῦ ὑστερήματος παροχῆς· ἐν πόνοις δέ, τοῖς ὑπέρ τῆς εἰρήνης, διά τοῦ ἀποστερήματος τῆς ἐν Κυρίῳ ὑπομονῆς.
( (σκγ΄) Οὔτε ὁ ἐνδεῶς πρός ἀρετήν ἔχων διά τήν ἀμέλειαν, οὔτε ὁ περιττῶς διά τήν οἴησιν, εἴσω λιμένος τοῦ κατά τήν ἀπάθειαν εὑρεθήσονται. Οὐδέτερος γάρ τῶν ἐκ δικαιοσύνης ἐν ἀπολαύσει γέγονεν ἀγαθῶν, μεσίτιδος εὑρισκομένης αὐτοῖς, ἐλλείψεως καί ὑπερβολῆς. (σξδ΄) Οὔτε ἡ γῆ εἰ μή πολυπλασίονα τῷ γεωργῷ τόν πόνον χαρίσηται, εὔπορον καί ἀνενδεῆ ἀπεργάσεται αὐτόν, μόνον τόν σπόρον παρεχομένη, ἤ καί μικράν τινα προσθήκην· οὔτε τῷ πρακτικῷ τό ἀνυόμενον ἔργον, εἰ μή κρεῖττον τῆς προαιρέσεως αὐτοῦ ἡ σπουδή εὑρεθείη, πρός τόν Θεόν δίκαιον ἀπεργάσασθαι δύναται.
(261) It is impossible for the mind to become peaceful in prayer unless it has acquired self-control and love. For the one struggles to destroy the enmity of the body against the soul; the other, the enmity against one's neighbor for God's sake. And from this, the peace that surpasses all understanding, coming to dwell there, promised to make its abode only with the one who has thus made peace.
(262) It is necessary for the one who strives to enter the kingdom of God to enter in, and that the work of his righteousness abound in good things: in almsgiving, through giving from what he lacks; and in labors, those for the sake of peace, through the deprivation of patience in the Lord.
(263) Neither the one who is deficient in virtue through negligence, nor the one who is excessive through conceit, will be found within the harbor of impassibility. For neither of them has come to the enjoyment of the good things that are from righteousness, since deficiency and excess are found as mediators for them. (264) Nor will the earth, unless it bestows on the farmer labor many times over, make him prosperous and free from want, providing only the seed, or even some small addition; nor can the work accomplished for the practical man, unless his zeal be found greater than his purpose, make him righteous toward God.
(σκε΄) Οὔτε πάντες οἱ μή ἀγαπῶντες τόν πλησίον μισεῖν δύνανται· οὔτε οἱ μή μισοῦντες αὐτόν ἀγαπᾷν· καί ἄλλο μέν ἐστι, τό βασκαίνειν ἐκείνου τήν ἀρετήν· ἕτερον δέ τό μή ἐμποδών αὐτῷ εὑρίσκεσθαι πρός προκοπήν. Ἐσχάτης δέ κακίας εὑρεθήσεται βαθμός, τό μή μόνον δάκνεσθαι ἐπί τοῖς ἐκείνου προτερήμασιν, ἀλλά καί τό διαβάλλειν τά ἐκείνου καλά, ὡς οὐ τοιαῦτα τυγχάνουσιν. (σκστ΄) Ἄλλα τά σωματικά πάθη, καί ἄλλα εἰσί τά ψυχικά· ἄλλα τά κατά φύσιν, καί ἄλλα τά παρά φύσιν. Ὁ γοῦν τά μέν ἀπωθούμενος, τῶν δέ πρόνοιαν μή ποιούμενος, ὅμοιός ἐστιν ἀνθρώπῳ φραγμόν μέν ὑψηλόν καί συνερεφῆ κατά τῶν θηρίων ἱστῶντι, συνηδομένῳ δέ τοῖς πτηνοῖς ἐσθίουσιν τάς τοῦ λογικοῦ ἀμπελῶνος περιφανεῖς σταφυλάς.
(σκζ΄) Ἐν πρώτοις ἡ ψυχή ἐν φαντασίᾳ γίνεται τοῦ κακοῦ· εἶτα ἐν ἐπιθυμίᾳ· ἔπειτα ἐν ἡδονῇ ἤ λύπῃ· εἶθ᾿ οὕτως ἐν αἰσθήσει· εἶτα μετ᾿ αὐτήν ἐν ἀφῇ, τῇ φαινομένῃ καί ἀφανεῖ· ἐν πᾶσι συνεπομένων τῶν λογισμῶν, πλήν τῆς προτέρας κινήσεως· ἧς μή παραδεχομένης, πᾶν τό μετ᾿ αὐτήν κακόν ἀνενέργητον εὑρεθήσεται. (σκη΄) Οἱ μέν τῇ ἀπαθείᾳ ἐγγίζοντες, φαντασίαις [οὐ] σαλεύονται· ( ἐπιθυμίαις δέ, οἱ μετριοπαθεῖς· σχέσεσι δέ, οἱ ἡδυπαθεῖς. Ἐν αἰσθήσει δέ γίνονται τοῦ κακοῦ, οἱ παραχρώμενοι μέν τά τῆς χρείας, λυπούμενοι δε· ἐν δέ ἀφῇ, οἱ ἀλύπως αὐτῇ συγγινόμενοι.
(261) Not all who do not love their neighbor are able to hate him; nor are those who do not hate him able to love him. And it is one thing to envy another's virtue, and another thing to be found not standing in the way of his progress. But he will be found at the last degree of wickedness who is not only stung by another's advantages, but also slanders his good qualities as though they were not really such. (262) Some passions are bodily and others are of the soul; some are according to nature and others contrary to nature. So then, the one who thrusts some aside but takes no forethought for others is like a man who sets up a high, well-roofed wall against wild beasts, yet takes pleasure with the birds that eat the conspicuous grapes of the rational vineyard.
(263) In the first place the soul comes to be in imagination of the evil; then in desire; then in pleasure or grief; then thus in perception; then after this in touch, both apparent and unseen—the thoughts following along in all of these, except the first movement; and if this is not admitted, every evil after it will be found inactive. (264) Those who are approaching dispassion are not shaken by imaginations; those who are moderately passionate, by desires; those who are pleasure-loving, by attachments. Those who come to be in perception of evil are those who misuse the things of need and are grieved; and those in touch are those who consort with it without pain.
(σκθ΄) Ἡδονή, ἐν πᾶσι μέν τοῖς τοῦ σώματος ἐγκαθίδρυται μέλεσι· οὐ πᾶσιν δέ ὡσαύτως παρενοχλοῦσα φαίνεται· ἀλλά τοῖς μέν, μᾶλλον εἰς τό ἐπιθυμητικόν τῆς ψυχῆς μέρος· τοῖς δέ, εἰς τό θυμικόν· ἑτέροις δέ, εἰς τό ταύτης λογιστικόν· διά γαστριμαργίας, ὀξυχολίας τε καί πονηρίας, τῆς πάντων αἰτίου τῶν ἀνοσίων παθῶν.
(σλ΄) Οὐκοῦν ἀνάγκη τά αἰσθητήρια, ὡς πύλας ἀνοίγειν τῆς πόλεως. Ἀνάγκη δέ μή συγχωρεῖν ἐν τῇ τῶν ἀναγκαίων ἀνοίξει, συνεισέρχεσθαι τά τούς πολεμίους θέλοντα, καί μάχης αἴτια καθιστάμενα. (σλα΄) Ἐνέργεια ἡδονῆς μέν, ἐπιθυμία· θυμοῦ δέ, ὀξυχολία· βασκανίας δέ, πονηρία καθίσταται. Οὐκ εἰρηνεύει δέ μετά τῶν ἐσχάτων, ὁ μή κατά τῶν ἀρχόντων ἀγωνιζόμενος· οὐδέ εἰς τόν τῆς μετριοπαθείας δύναται λιμένα εἰσέρχεσθαι, ὁ βίᾳ τάς ἐντολάς μετερχόμενος. (σλβ΄) Τάς προσβολάς οἱ ἀποκρουόμενοι, οὐ συγχωροῦσιν ἔνδοθεν τοῦ λογικοῦ ἀμπελῶνος ὡς θηρία τούς λογισμούς εἰσέρχεσθαι, καί τῶν ἐκείνου ἐν λύμῃ καθίστασθαι· οἱ δέ συνδυάζονται μέν, ἁπλῶς δέ εἰσέρχεσθαι αὐτούς συγχωροῦσιν, μή ἅπτεσθαι δέ μηδενός τῶν αὐτῶν· οἵ καί ἡδέως μέν συνομιλοῦσι τοῖς πάθεσι διά τῶν λογισμῶν, εἰς συγκατάθεσιν δέ μή ἐρχόμενοι, ὡμοιώθησαν τοῖς ἐάσασι τόν μονιόν ἔνδοθεν μέν τοῦ φραγμοῦ εἰσελθεῖν, ἐν κόρῳ δέ αὐτόν τῶν τοῦ
(289) Pleasure is established in all the members of the body, yet it does not appear to trouble all alike; but in some it works rather upon the desiring part of the soul, in others upon the irascible part, and in others upon the rational part of it—through gluttony, irascibility, and wickedness, the cause of all unholy passions.
(290) Therefore it is necessary to open the senses as the gates of the city. But it is necessary not to permit, in the opening for necessities, those things that wish to enter in together with them and become causes of battle. (291) The activity of pleasure is desire; of anger, irascibility; of envy, wickedness. He who does not struggle against the ruling passions does not make peace with the last; nor can he who pursues the commandments by force enter the harbor of moderation. (292) Those who repel the assaults do not permit the thoughts to enter from within the rational vineyard like wild beasts, and to bring its fruits to ruin; but those who are joined to them yet simply permit them to enter, and not to touch any of these things—they who converse pleasantly with the passions through their thoughts, yet do not come to consent, have been likened to those who allowed the wild boar to enter within the fence, but in satiety of the
ἀμπελῶνος γενέσθαι βοτρύων μή συγχωρήσασιν· εἶτα εὗρον αὐτόν τῆς ἑαυτῶν δυνάμεως ἰσχυρότερον, οἱ ἐν συγκαταθέσει πολλάκις παθῶν εὑρισκόμενοι. ( (σλγ΄) Οὔπω ἔφθασεν εἰς ἁπλότητα, ὁ ἔτι δεόμενος ἐπιμελείας φραγμοῦ τοῦ κατά τήν ἐγκράτειαν. Ὁ τέλειος γάρ, φησίν, οὐκ ἐγκρατεύεται· ἔοικε δέ τινι ἔχοντι ἄμπελον, ἤ ἄρουραν, οὐ μέσον πολλῶν ἄλλων ἀμπελώνων καί χώρων, ἀλλ᾿ ἐν γωνίᾳ που· καί διά τοῦτο δεομένῳ πολλῆς τῆς φυλακῆς καί τῆς νήψεως. Τοῦ γάρ εἰς ἁπλότητα φθάσαντος, ἐκ παντός ἀνέπαφος ἡ ἄμπελος γίνεται, βασιλέως καθάπερ ἤ τινος ἄλλου παραδυναστεύοντος φοβεροῦ, καί μόνης ἐξ ἀκοῆς, τούς τε κλέπτας καί παροδίτας παρασκευάζοντος φρίττειν τήν ἐπιχείρησιν.
(σλδ΄) Πολλοί μέν εἰς τόν τῆς κακοπαθείας σταυρόν ἀνέρχονται· ὀλίγοι δέ τούς ἥλους αὐτοῦ καταδέχονται· προαιρετικῆς μέν εὐπειθείας δοῦλοι πολλοί· ἀπροαιρέτου δέ αἰσχύνης, μόνοι οἱ τό φιλότιμον καταλύσαντες. (σλε΄) Πάντας μέν τούς δερματίνους χιτῶνας πολλοί ἐξεδύσαντο· ὡς ἔσχατον δέ τόν τῆς κενοδοξίας, μόνον οἱ μητέρα αὐτῆς τήν αὐταρέσκειαν βδελυξάμενοι.
(293) He has not yet arrived at simplicity who still needs the protection of a fence, namely that of self-control. For the perfect man, it is said, does not practice self-control; but he is like one who has a vineyard or a field, not in the midst of many other vineyards and lands, but in some corner; and for this reason he needs much guarding and watchfulness. For in the case of one who has reached simplicity, the vineyard becomes wholly untouchable, like that of a king or some other powerful ruler, making thieves and passers-by shudder at the very attempt from hearsay alone.
(294) Many ascend the cross of hardship, but few accept its nails; many are slaves of willing obedience, but of involuntary shame, only those who have destroyed their love of honor. (295) Many have stripped off all the garments of skin, but the last one, that of vainglory, only those who have loathed its mother, self-pleasing.
(σλστ΄) Ἔπαινον ἀνθρώπων καί ἄνεσιν σώματος, ὁ ἀποδεχόμενος μέν, οὐ καταδεχόμενος δέ, οὗτος τοῦ ἐσχάτου τῆς κενοδοξίας χιτῶνος γυμνός γεγονώς, τοῦ ἐν πολλοῖς στεναγμοῖς ἐπιζητουμένου οἰκητηρίου τοῦ ἐκ οὐρανοῦ τήν φαιδρότητα ἀπ᾿ ἐντεῦθεν ἠξιώθη ἐνδύσασθαι. (σλζ΄) Ἄλλο ἐνέργεια, καί ἄλλο ἐνέργημα. Καί τό μέν, ἁμαρτίας ἀπηρτισμένης ἐστί δεικτικόν· τό δέ, ἡδυπαθείας μόνης τῆς ἔνδοθεν ἐνηργημένης, ἀλλ᾿ ἐκτός. Ὡς οἱ τῆς ἰδίας μέν μή κατακινούμενοι γῆς, δασμοφοροῦντες δέ ὅμως τοῖς καταδυναστεύουσι τά αὐτοῖς καταθύμια. ( (σλη΄) Τῆς γεύσεως κρατούσης ἐν ἡδοναῖς, ἀδύνατον μή καί πάσας τάς αἰσθήσεις συνέπεσθαι, κἄν τῶν ψυχροτέρων εἰρηνεύειν δοκῶσι τά ὑπογάστρια, ὡς τῶν γεγηρακότων πύρωσιν ἐκ πυρός [μή] δεξαμένων. Ἀλλ᾿ οὐ περί τό γεννᾷν σώφρων ἡ στεῖρα μοιχευομένη κριθήσεται. Σωφρονεῖν δέ πάντα τόν μή πορνεύοντα εἴποιμι ἄν, μηδέ ὁράσει κατακηλούμενον. (σλθ΄) Ἐν τροφαῖς καί μορφαῖς καί φωναῖς, τό ἐπιθυμητικόν τῆς ψυχῆς ἐλέγχεται, οἷόν ἐστιν ταῖς θελητικαῖς τε καί ἄλλως ἐχούσαις [ὁρμαῖς] ἐν γεύσει, καί ὄψει, καί ἀκοῇ, εἴτε ὡς χρώμενον αὐταῖς, εἴτε ὡς παραχρώμενον, εἴτε μέσον πρός ἀμφότερα εὑρισκόμενον.
(296) He who accepts the praise of men and bodily ease, but does not accept it in a welcoming way—this man has become naked of the last tunic of vainglory, and from this point has been deemed worthy to put on the dwelling place sought with many groans, the brightness of which comes from heaven. (297) One thing is activity, and another is the effect of activity. The one is indicative of sin fully accomplished; the other, of mere sensual pleasure that has been worked inwardly but is external. They are like those who are not moved from their own land, yet nonetheless pay tribute to those who tyrannize over their desires. (298) When taste prevails in pleasures, it is impossible that all the senses not follow along, even if the lower parts of those who are more frigid seem to be at peace, as with the aged who have not received a burning from fire. But the barren woman who commits adultery will not be judged chaste in regard to bearing children. I would say that everyone is chaste who does not commit fornication, nor is charmed by sight. (299) In foods and forms and voices, the desiring part of the soul is exposed for what it is by the volitional impulses and those otherwise disposed, in taste and sight and hearing, whether as using them, or misusing them, or being found midway between both.
(σμ΄) Ἐν οἷς ὁ φόβος οὐ προηγεῖται, ὡς πρόβατα μή ἔχοντα ποιμένα ἐν συγχύσει, οἱ λογισμοί εὑρεθήσονται· ἐν εὐταξίᾳ δέ, καί μάνδρας εἴσω κατά τήν εὐνομίαν ἐφεπομένου, ἤ προηγουμένου αὐτοῦ. (σμα΄) Τῆς πίστεως, ὁ φόβος υἱός· τῶν ἐντολῶν δέ οὗτος νομεύς· καί ὁ μή τήν μητέρα τούτου κτησάμενος, πρόβατον ὀφθῆναι τῆς κατά Κύριον νομῆς οὐκ ἀξιωθήσεται.
(σμβ΄) Οἱ μέν τάς ἀρχάς μόνας ἔχουσι τῶν καλῶν· οἱ δέ, καί τάς τούτων μεσότητας· οἱ δέ, καί τά τέλη αὐτῶν· ὧν ἄνευ, ὡς στρατιώτης ψιλός ἕκαστος εὑρεθήσεται ἤ ἀξιωματικός, τῶν σιτηρεσίων ἐκτός. Καί διά τοῦτο, ὁ μέν τήν ἑαυτοῦ μόνον καί μόλις οἰκίαν ἀπό τῶν ἐπιχειρούντων αὐτήν ἐπηρεάζειν συντηρῶν· ὁ δέ οὐκ ἐν τιμῇ τῇ προσηκούσῃ εὑρισκόμενος, ἐν οἷς ἄν συνέρχηται. (σμγ΄) Οἱ ταῖς ἡδοναῖς συνέρχεσθαι παρακαλοῦντες τοῦ ( φάρυγγος ἐντελεῖς ὄντας, ὅμοιόν τι ποιοῦσι τοῖς ἀναθερίζειν κελευομένοις τά εἰς ὑγείαν πληγάς ἤδη ἐλθούσας· ἤ τάς ψώρας διά τήν ἡδύτητα κνήθειν· ἤ τά τόν πυρετόν ἀνάπτοντα ἐσθίειν, ἤ ἀποφράττειν τόν ἀμπελῶνα αὐτοῦ, καί συγχωρεῖν εἰσέρχεσθαι σύν ταῖς ἐννοίαις ταῖς ἀγαθαῖς, ὡς μονιόν ἄγριον τό
(296) Where fear does not go first, the thoughts will be found in confusion, like sheep without a shepherd; but in good order, and within the fold according to the law, when he follows or goes before them. (297) Fear is the son of faith; and this fear is the shepherd of the commandments; and he who has not acquired its mother will not be deemed worthy to be seen as a sheep of the pasture according to the Lord.
(298) Some have only the beginnings of good things; others also their middles; others also their ends; without which each will be found, like a bare soldier or an officer, outside the rations. And for this reason, one keeps his own house only, and that with difficulty, from those who attempt to harm it; another is not found in the honor that is fitting, in whatever circumstances he may come together. (299) Those who urge us to come together with pleasures, being sound in the throat, do something similar to those commanded to weed out the wounds that have already come for health; or to scratch the itches for the sake of sweetness; or to eat what kindles the fever, or to block up his vineyard, and to allow the good thoughts to enter, as a wild boar
φρόνημα τῆς σαρκός, ὡς σταφυλάς διαβόσκεσθαι. Οἷς οὐ πείθεσθαι χρή, οὐδέ ταῖς ἀκαίροις κάμπτεσθαι κολακείαις ἀνθρώπων τε καί παθῶν· κατοχυροῦν δέ τόν φραγμόν δι᾿ ἐγκρατείας, ἕως παύσωνται οἵ τε θῆρες, τά σαρκικά πάθη, ὠρύεσθαι, καί ὡς πετεινά οἱ μάταιοι λογισμοί, μή καταβαίνειν λυμαίνεσθαι, τήν ὡς ἄμπελον εὐθηνουμένην ψυχήν θεωρίαις ταῖς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ τῷ Κυρίῳ ἡμῶν. Ἀμήν. ΣΧΟΛΙΑ ΕΙΣ ΤΑΣ ΕΠΙΣΤΟΛΑΣ ΤΟΥ ΑΓΙΟΥ ΔΙΟΝΥΣΙΟΥ ΑΡΕΟΠΑΓΙΤΟΥ * ΕΙΣ ΤΗΝ ΕΠΙΣΤΟΛΗΝ Α' ( Ἐπιβάλλω Γάϊον τοῦτον εἶναι, ᾧ τήν τρίτην ἐπιστολήν ἔγραψεν ὁ θεῖος εὐαγγελιστής Ἰωάννης, τεκμαιρόμενος καί ἐκ τῶν ἄλλων, οἷς συγγέγονε μετά τῶν Ἀποστόλων ὁ θεῖος οὗτος ἀνήρ. Θεραπευτάς δέ ἔφη καλεῖσθαι ἐν τῷ «Περί τῆς ἐκκλησιαστικῆς ἱεραρχίας» κεφαλαίῳ ς' τούς μοναχούς, εἰπών ἐκεῖ καί πῶς καθίστανται μή ὄντες κληρικοί, ἀλλά ἀνώτεροι τόν λαοῦ. Τούτους δέ ἔοικε θαυμάζειν Φίλων ὁ Ἰουδαῖος ἐν τῷ «Περί θεωρητικοῦ» ἤ «Ἱκετῶν» συντάγματι, θεραπευτάς αὐτούς καλῶν, καί τήν δίαιταν αὐτῶν διηγούμενος πρό ὀλίγου τοῦ τέλους τοῦ βιβλίου τούτου. Ἀνάγνωθι τά τοῦ αὐτοῦ Φίλωνος. «Ἀλλά μή κατά στέρησιν»: Τοῦτο, φησί, μή κατά τάς κοινάς ἐννοίας ὑπολάβῃς, ὅτι, ὥσπερ τό σκότος λύεται φωτί, καί μάλιστα πολλῷ, ἤ ὥσπερ ἤ ἀγνωσία, ἥτις καί αὐτή σκότος ἐστί, παύεται γνώσεων, καί μάλιστα πολλῶν, ἐπιγενομένων, οὕτω καί ἡ κατά Θεόν ἀγνωσία ἔοικε τῇ κατά ἀμαθίαν ἀγνωσίᾳ, ὥς ἔφημεν·
the mind of the flesh, to be grazed upon like grapes. These one must not obey, nor be bent by the untimely flatteries of men and of passions; but one must fortify the fence through self-control, until both the wild beasts—the passions of the flesh—cease to roar, and the vain thoughts, like birds, cease to descend and ravage the soul that is flourishing like a vine through the contemplations in Christ Jesus our Lord. Amen. SCHOLIA ON THE LETTERS OF SAINT DIONYSIUS THE AREOPAGITE * ON THE FIRST LETTER (I take this Gaius to be the one to whom the divine evangelist John wrote the third letter, inferring also from the other things in which this divine man was associated with the Apostles. And he said that monks are called Therapeutae in the sixth chapter of "On the Ecclesiastical Hierarchy," saying there also how they are appointed though not being clerics, but superior to the people. These it seems Philo the Jew admires in the treatise "On the Contemplative Life" or "On Suppliants," calling them Therapeutae, and describing their manner of life near the end of this book. Read the things of the same Philo. "But not by deprivation": This, he says, do not suppose according to common notions, that just as darkness is dissolved by light, and especially by much light, or just as ignorance, which is itself also darkness, ceases when knowledges, and especially many, have come upon it, so also the ignorance according to God resembles the ignorance according to lack of learning, as we said;
ἀλλ' ὅσῳ φωτίζεταί τις περί Θεοῦ καί ὅσῳ τις συνάγει γνῶσιν τῶν ὄντων, τουτέστι τήν περί τῶν νοητῶν καί νοερῶν, τοσούτῳ μᾶλλον, ἀναβαίνων περί τήν γνῶσιν τήν περί Θεόν, ( γνώσεται τήν ἀκαταληψίαν, ἤτοι τήν ἀγνωσίαν τήν περί Θεόν, φῶς εἶναι καί γνῶσιν ὑπέρ πάντα τά γνωσθέντα καί λοιπόν σιγῇ τιμᾷ τήν περί Θεόν ἀφασίαν. Οὐκοῦν οὐ κατά στέρησιν γνώσεως λέγεται ἡ περί Θεοῦ ἀγνωσία, ἀλλά καθ' ὑπεροχήν καί ὑπερβολήν πάσης γνώσεως, ὅτι ἔγνω τις τόν πᾶσι καί ἑαυτῷ ἄγνωστον καί ἀκατάληπτον. Ταῦτα καί ἐν τῷ «Περί μυστικῆς θεολογίας» κεφαλαίῳ α' εἴρηται, καί ἐν τῷ «Περί θείων ὀνομάτων» κεφαλαίῳ β'. «Ἀλλά τί τῶν αὐτοῦ τῶν ὄντων»: Ὅσον τις ἔχει, φησί, τῶν ὄντων τήν γνῶσιν, καί τό ὄν φῶς, τουτέστι αὐτήν τῆς ἀληθείας τήν νόησιν, τοσοῦτον τά περί Θεόν ὄψεται ἄγνωστα· οὐ γάρ τῷ φωτί ἤ τῇ γνώσει φανεροῦνται, ἀλλά μᾶλλον τούς ταῦτα ἔχοντας λανθάνει. Καί ἡ ἐν τούτοις ἐπίδοσίς τε καί αὔξησις, τῷ φωτί φημι καί τῇ γνώσει, τό Θεῖον δεικνύει ἀθέατόν τε καί ἄγνωστον· ὅτι ὁ Θεόν θεασάμενος καί νοήσας ὅ εἶδεν, αὐτόν μέν οὐχ ἑώρακεν, ἀλλά τί τῶν αὐτοῦ τῶν ὄντων καί γινωσκομένων.
But to the extent that one is enlightened concerning God, and to the extent that one gathers knowledge of beings—that is, of things intelligible and intellectual—by so much the more, ascending in the knowledge concerning God, will one know the incomprehensibility, that is, the unknowing, concerning God, that it is light and knowledge beyond all things known, and thereafter honors in silence the ineffability concerning God. Therefore the unknowing of God is not spoken of by way of privation of knowledge, but by way of transcendence and excess of all knowledge, because one has known the One unknown to all and to himself, and incomprehensible. These things are also said in the first chapter of "On Mystical Theology," and in the second chapter of "On the Divine Names." "But what of his own beings?" To the extent, he says, that one has knowledge of beings, and the light that is, that is, the very understanding of truth, to that extent will one see the things concerning God as unknown; for they are not made manifest by the light or by knowledge, but rather escape those who possess these. And the progress and increase in these things—I mean in light and knowledge—shows the Divine to be invisible and unknown; because one who has seen God and understood what he saw has not seen him, but something of his own beings and things known.
«Αὐτῷ τῷ καθόλου»: Προσεπινοεῖν δεῖ καί ἐπί τούτοις τό κατά τά ὄντα καί γινωσκόμενα. Τό δέ «μή εἶναι» πρόσκειται, ἐπειδή τό ἐστι τῶν κτιστῶν ἐστιν, ὁ δέ Θεός καί ὑπέρ τό εἶναι, διότι ἄκτιστος.
Τό κείμενο προέρχεται ἀπό τῆς ἐκδόσεις ʺΤΟ ΒΥΖΑΝΤΙΟΝʺ τῆς σειρᾶς ʺΓΡΗΓΟΡΙΟΣ Ο ΠΑΛΑΜΑΣʺ Θεσσαλονίκη 1992, ΦΙΛΟΚΑΛΙΑ ΤΩΝ ΝΗΠΤΙΚΩΝ ΚΑΙ *
ΑΣΚΗΤΙΚΩΝ, τόμος Δ. Πέρασε ἀπό σκάνερ, ἀκολούθησε ὀπτική ἀναγνώριση χαρακτήρων καί ἔλεγχος.
ΕΙΣ ΤΗΝ ΕΠΙΣΤΟΛΗΝ Β' «Πῶς ὁ πάντων ἐπέκεινα»: Ταῦτα πολλάκις μέν καί ἐν τῷ «Περί θείων ὀνομάτων» διαφόρως εἴρηται, κατ' ἐξαίρετον δέ αὐτά ἡρμήνευσεν ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ λόγῳ κεφαλαίῳ ια', περί τό τέλος, λέγων· Πῶς ὁ πάντων αἴτιος καί θεότης καί ἀγαθότης, καί θεότητος ὑποστάτης, καί ὑπέρ ταῦτα. Οὕτω δέ ἀναγνωστέον· Ἐρωτᾶς πῶς ὁ Θεός ὑπέρ θεότητος ἀρχήν; Εἴτα ἀποκρίνεται· Εἰ νοήσεις, ὅτι θεότης αὐτό τό ἐκ Θεοῦ δῶρόν ἐστι καθ' ὅ θεούμεθα, οὐ ( μήν αὐτός ὁ Θεός, ἔχεις τήν λύσιν· ὁ γάρ Θεός, αὐτό φημι καί ὑπερούσιος οὐσία ὑπέρ τήν παρ' αὐτοῦ δωρουμένην καί χαριζομένην θεαρχίαν, τουτέστι θέωσίν ἐστι, καί τά ἑξῆς ὁμοίως. Εἶτα λοιπόν συλλογίζεται φάσκων, ὅτι, εἰ τό ἐκ Θεοῦ δῶρον ἀρχή γίνεται τοῦ θεοῦσθαι ἡμᾶς, δῆλον, ὅτι ὁ πάσης αἴτιος καί ἀρχή ὤν, μᾶλλον δέ ὑπεράρχιος, οὕτω καί τῆς λεγομένης θεότητος, ἤ ὡς θεαρχίας ἐπέκεινά ἐστιν. Ὁ μέν γάρ Θεός οὐ κατά σχέσιν, ὡς ἡμεῖς, κτᾶται τό ἀγαθόν, ἀλλ' ἀσχέτως ἔχει, ἡμεῖς δέ σχετῶς, τρεπτοί γάρ, ἐκεῖνος δέ ἄτρεπτος.
By the very universal": One must further consider, in addition to these things, what pertains to beings and things known. And "not to be" is added, since "to be" belongs to created things, whereas God is even beyond being, because he is uncreated.
This text comes from the "TO BYZANTION" editions of the "GREGORIOS O PALAMAS" series, Thessaloniki 1992, PHILOKALIA OF THE NEPTIC AND ASCETIC FATHERS, volume IV. It passed through a scanner, followed by optical character recognition and checking.
ON THE SECOND EPISTLE, "How the One beyond all": These things have often been said in various ways also in the "On the Divine Names," but he interpreted them especially in that same discourse, chapter 11, near the end, saying: How the cause of all and deity and goodness, and the subsistence of deity, and beyond these. And it must be read thus: You ask how God is a beginning beyond deity? Then he answers: If you understand that deity is the very gift from God by which we are deified, not indeed God himself, you have the solution; for God, I mean the supersubstantial essence itself, is beyond the divine principality—that is, the deification—that is granted and bestowed by him, and so on likewise. Then finally he reasons, saying that, if the gift from God becomes a beginning of our being deified, it is clear that the cause of all and the one who is a beginning—or rather beyond beginning—is thus also beyond what is called deity, or is beyond divine principality. For God does not possess the good by relation, as we do, but possesses it without relation; whereas we possess it relationally, for we are changeable, but he is unchangeable.
«Εἰ θεότητα καί ἀγαθότητα»: Οὐκ αὐτήν, φησί, τήν κατ' οὐσίαν θεότητα καί ἀγαθότητα, ὅ τι ποτέ ἐστι λέγω, ἀλλά τήν ἀγαθοποιόν καί θεοποιόν δωρεάν τοῦ ὄντος Θεοῦ καί ἀγαθοῦ· τοῦτο γάρ ἡ ἀρχή καί αἰτία τοῦ θεοῦσθαι καί ἀγαθύνεσθαι, καί κατά τοῦτον τόν τρόπον φησί λέγεσθαι ὑπέρ θεαρχίαν καί ἀγαθαρχίαν, τήν οὕτω δηλαδή νοουμένην. Σημείωσαι δέ καί ἐντεῦθεν, ὅτι ἡ θεότης και ἡ ἀγαθότης οὐκ αὐτουσία ἐστι τοῦ Θεοῦ· καί γάρ καί τούτων ἐπέκεινα ὁ Θεός μόνος ἐν τῷ «Περί θείων ὀνομάτων» κεφαλαίῳ ια' πλατύτερον εἴρηται. «Ἀμίμητος καί ἄσχετος»: Ὁ κατά σχέσιν οὐκ ἔχων τι, ἀλλ' ἐξ ἑαυτοῦ μίμησις καί σχέσις αὐτά τά πράγματα, μετέχοντες δέ καί μιμούμενοι, περί οὕς ταῦτα ὁρῶνται. Ἀμίμητον δέ καί ἄσχετον ἔφη τό Θεῖον, ὅτι, ὅσῳ τίς πρός μίμησιν καί σχέσιν Θεοῦ προκόπτει, τοσοῦτον καταλαμβάνει τό ἀνέφικτον τῆς μιμήσεως καί σχέσεως.
ΕΙΣ ΤΗΝ ΕΠΙΣΤΟΛΗΝ Γ' «Ἐξαίφνης ἐστί τό παρ' ἐλπίδα»: Ἐφίστημι, ὡς ὅτι μᾶλλον ἐκεῖνο τό προφητικόν τοῦ προφήτου Μαλαχίου ἠρώτησεν ὁ ( Γάϊος, τό ἔχον· «Καί ἐξαίφνης ἥξει εἰς τόν ναόν αὑτοῦ ὁ Κύριος, ὅν ὑμεῖς ζητεῖτε, καί ὁ ἄγγελος τῆς διαθήκης, ὅν ὑμεῖς ἐπιποθεῖτε». Ἔδοξε δέ μοι τοῦτο ἠρωτῆσθαι ἐκ τόν ἐπαγαγεῖν· «Τοῦτο οἶμαι τήν θεολογίαν αἰνίττεσθαι». Θαυμασίως ἐνταῦθα θεολογεῖ τά περί τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ. Σημείωσαι δέ πῶς ἐτυμολογεῖ τό «ἐξαίφνης»· σημείωσαι καί τό ἀνθρωπίνως οὐσιωθῆναι Χριστόν.
Whether divinity and goodness": He does not mean, he says, the divinity and goodness according to essence itself—whatever it is, I mean—but the beneficent and deifying gift of the God who is and is good; for this is the principle and cause of being deified and made good, and in this way, he says, it is spoken of as beyond divine origin and good origin, that is, as understood in this manner. Note also from this that the divinity and the goodness are not the very substance of God; for God alone is beyond these too, as has been said more extensively in the eleventh chapter of "On the Divine Names." "Inimitable and unrelated": He who does not have anything by relation, but is himself, from himself, both imitation and relation—the things themselves—while others participate and imitate, in whom these things are seen. He called the Divine inimitable and unrelated because, to the extent that one advances toward imitation of and relation to God, to that extent he apprehends the unattainability of the imitation and relation.
ON THE THIRD EPISTLE. "Suddenly is what is beyond hope": I observe that Gaius rather asked that prophetic saying of the prophet Malachi which runs: "And suddenly the Lord will come to his temple, whom you seek, and the angel of the covenant, whom you desire." And it seemed to me that this was asked because of his adding: "This, I think, hints at theology." Here he wonderfully theologizes about the things concerning the Lord Jesus Christ. Note how he derives the etymology of "suddenly"; note also that Christ was made substance in a human way.
«Κρύφιος δέ ἐστι»: Τό «κρύφιος» πολλάκις ἀντί τοῦ Θεός εἶπε, καί κρυφιότητα τήν θεότητα, ὡς ἐν τοῖς ἄνω λόγοις. Τό «κρύφιος» οὖν ἐνταῦθα ἀντί τοῦ «ὁ Θεός» εἴρηται, ὡς ἀόρατος.
ΕΙΣ ΤΗΝ ΕΠΙΣΤΟΛΗΝ Δ' «Πῶς, φής, Ἰησοῦς»: Ἐπερωτᾷς, φησί, πῶς τοῦτο; Σημείωσαι δέ τό «ἐνθάδε, τουτέστιν ἐν τῇ οἰκονομίᾳ, ἐπεί δίχα ταύτης, καί ὡς αἴτιος ἀνθρώπων, λέγεται ἄνθρωπος, ὡς ποιητής ἀνθρώπων.
«Οὐ γάρ ὡς αἴτιος ἀνθρώπων»: Τοῦτό φησι καί Ἀφρικανός ἐν ταῖς Χρονογραφίας λέγεται γάρ ὁμωνύμως ὁ Θεός πᾶσι τοῖς ἐξ αὐτοῦ, ἐπειδή ἐν πᾶσίν ἐστιν. Ἐν δέ τῇ οἰκονομίᾳ ὡς κατά τήν οὐσίαν ὅλην οὐσιωθείς ἄνθρωπος λέγεται,
κατά τό εἰρημένον «Ἐν ᾧ κατοικεῖ πᾶν τῆς θεότητος τό πλήρωμα σωματικῶς». Πᾶσαν δέ λέξιν τῆς ἐπιστολῆς σημείωσαι· ἔστι γάρ κατά πάσης αἱρέσεως, πρεσβυτέρας τε καί νεωτέρας.
«Ἡμεῖς δέ τόν Ἰησοῦν»: Οὐ διά τό ἀνθρώπινον, φησί, τοῦ Χριστοῦ αὐτόν ἀφορίζομεν, ἤγουν ὑπέρ ἄνθρωπον λέγομεν, ὡς ξένον τοῦτο κατά τόν τῆς οὐσίας λόγον τοῦ κοινοῦ τῆς φύσεως ὁριζόμενοι ἀλλά προδήλως κατά τόν τῆς θεότητος λόγον. Ἐπήγαγε γάρ· Οὐδέ γάρ ἄνθρωπος μόνος, ἀλλά καί Θεός. Εἰ καί ( ὅλην οὐσίαν ἀνθρώπου ἀνέλαβε, φησίν, ἀλλ' οὐ διαιροῦμεν αὐτόν ἀπό τῆς θεότητος ἐπάγει γάρ· Οὐ γάρ ἄνθρωπος μόνον. Εἶτα, τοῦτο εἰπών, ἐπιφέρει· Οὐδέ ὑπερούσιος μόνον, καθ' ὅ καί ἄνθρωπος.
Hidden" means: He often used "hidden" in place of "God," and "hiddenness" for "divinity," as in the earlier discourses. So here "hidden" is said in place of "God," as being invisible.
ON THE FOURTH EPISTLE, "How, you say, is Jesus": You ask, he says, how this is? Note the phrase "here, that is, in the economy," since apart from this economy he is also called man as the cause of men, as the maker of men.
"For not as the cause of men": Africanus also says this in his Chronographies; for God is called by the same name as all things that come from him, since he is in all things. But in the economy he is called man as having been made man according to his whole essence,
according to what is said: "In whom dwells all the fullness of the divinity bodily." And note every phrase of the epistle; for it is directed against every heresy, both older and newer.
"But we, Jesus": Not because of the human element of Christ, he says, do we set him apart, or call him above man, defining this as foreign to the common principle of nature's essence, but plainly according to the principle of divinity. For he added: For he is not man alone, but also God. Even if, he says, he took up the whole essence of man, we do not divide him from the divinity; for he adds: For not man only. Then, having said this, he continues: Nor only superessential, in that he is also man.
«Ὑπέρ ἀνθρώπους»: Ὑπέρ ἀνθρώπους μέν διά τό ἐκ παρθένου, κατ' ἀνθρώπους δέ, διά τόν ἐν μήτρα χρόνον, ἤ ὡς τούς νόμους τῆς κυήσεως. Ἐκ τῆς ἀνθρώπων δέ οὐσίας, ὅτι, ὡς αὐτός ὁ ἅγιος πατήρ ἔφη, ἐκ τῶν παρθενικῶν αἱμάτων τό ἅγιον σῶμα Χριστοῦ.
«Ὑπέρ οὐσίαν οὐσιώθη»: Καί μετά τήν ἐνανθρώπησιν ὑπερουσιότητα ὠνόμασε τήν θεότητα Τό δέ ταύτης ὑπερούσιον τό ὑπερβάλλον τῆς οὐσίας καί σοφίας καί δυνάμεως.
«Καί ὑπέρ ἄνθρωπον»: Ἀνθρώπου μέν τό ἐκ γυναικός, ὑπέρ ἄνθρωπον δέ τό ἐκ παρθένου. Σημείωσαι δέ, ὅτι γήϊνον τό σῶμα τοῦ Χριστοῦ, καί οὐχί οὐράνιον, ὡς τίνες ὠήθησαν.
«Δύναμιν ὑπεροχικῆς»: Ἰδού καί ἐνταῦθα ὑπεροχικῶς εἶπε πρός ἀντιδιαστολήν τῶν κατά στέρησιν λαμβανομένων. Εὐθύς δέ διά τῶν ἐπαγομένων ἑαυτόν ἐφερμηνεύει. Τί δέ ἐστι κατάφασις, εἴπομεν ἄνω ἐν τῷ «Περί μυστικῆς θεολογίας», κεφαλαίῳ γ'. Πῶς δέ ἐπί τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ αἱ καταφάσεις δύναμιν ἔχουσι ὑπερεχούσης ἀποφάσεως, τά κατά ἀνθρώπους ἐξηγεῖται. Εἰ γάρ καταφάσκομεν Χριστοῦ, λέγοντες ἄνθρωπον εἶναι, καί ἐκ παρθένου μητρός κατ' οὐσίαν ἡμῶν, ἀλλά κεκρυμμένην ἔχει καί ὑπέρ νοῦν τήν τῆς ἀποφάσεως δύναμιν. Ἐρεῖ γάρ ὁ ἀκούων, οὐκ ἄνθρωπος, ἐπειδή ἐκ παρθένου, ἀλλ' ὑπέρ ἄνθρωπον, εἰ καί κατά τά ἀλλά ἄνθρωπος. Ἐξηγεῖται δέ καί τοῦτο, φάσκων, ὅτι τό λέγειν αὐτόν ἄνθρωπον καταφατικῶς, τοῦτο δηλοῖ, οὐκ εἶναι ἄνθρωπον ἀποφατικῶς, ἀλλ' ὑπέρ ἄνθρωπον, δηλονότι διά τά σημεῖα τά γενόμενα παρ' αὐτοῦ. ( «Οὐ κατά Θεόν τά θεῖα δράσας»: Οὐ κατά Θεόν μέν δρᾶσαι τά θεῖα λέγει τόν Χριστόν, ὅτι μετά σαρκός καί οὐ γυμνῇ τῇ θεότητι·
Beyond men": "Beyond men" indeed because of being born of a virgin, but "according to men" because of the time in the womb, or as [observing] the laws of gestation. And "from the substance of men," because, as the holy father himself said, the holy body of Christ is from the virginal bloods.
"Beyond substance he was made substantial": Even after the incarnation he named the divinity "super-substantiality." And the "super-substantial" of this is the exceeding of substance and wisdom and power.
"And beyond man": "Of man" indeed is the [birth] from a woman, but "beyond man" is the [birth] from a virgin. Note also that the body of Christ is earthly, and not heavenly, as some supposed.
"Power of supereminence": Behold, here too he spoke supereminently, in contrast to things taken by privation. And immediately, through what follows, he interprets himself. But what affirmation is, we have said above in "On Mystical Theology," chapter 3. How, in the case of our Lord Jesus Christ, affirmations have the power of a transcendent negation, he explains by the things according to men. For if we affirm of Christ, saying that he is a man, and from a virgin mother according to our substance, yet he has the power of negation hidden and beyond mind. For the hearer will say, "Not a man, since from a virgin, but beyond man," even if in other respects he is a man. And he explains this too, saying that to call him a man affirmatively signifies this: that he is not a man negatively, but beyond man, evidently because of the signs that were done by him. ("Not according to God did he do the divine things": He says that Christ did the divine things not according to God, because [he did them] with flesh and not with bare divinity;
ὅμως δ' οὖν θεία· οὔτε τά ἀνθρώπινα κατ' ἄνθρωπον· ἐν ἐξουσίᾳ γάρ θεϊκῇ, ὅτε ἐβούλετο, διδούς καιρόν τῇ σαρκί τά ἑαυτῆς ἐναργεῖν ὅμως δ’ οὖν ἀνθρώπινα. Τό δέ «ἀνδρωθέντος» δηλοῖ τό «ἐνανθρωπήσαντος». Ἡ δέ θεανδρική ἐνέργεια σημαίνει θείαν καί ἀνθρωπίνην. Οὕτω γάρ ἡμῖν, ἤγουν δι' ἡμᾶς, ἐπί γῆς δηλαδή, πεπολιτευμένος, ἔδρασεν, ὡς πρόκειται, τά θεῖα καί τά ἀνθρώπινα. Σημείωσαι δέ τήν ὑπερφυῆ καί ἄφραστον τοῦ Κυρίου ἕνωσιν, ὅτι οὐ κατά Θεόν τά θεῖα ἔδρασεν (ἦν γάρ ἄνθρωπος), οὔτε κατά ἄνθρωπον τά ἀνθρώπινα (ἦν γάρ καί Θεός). Ὅθεν θαυμαστῶς ὁ θεῖος Γρηγόριος ὁ θεολόγος φησί, Κιρναμένων, ὥσπερ τῶν φύσεων, οὕτω δή καί τῶν κλήσεων καί περιχωρουσῶν εἰς ἀλλήλας τῷ λόγῳ τῆς συμφυΐας. Πῶς δέ οὐ κατά Θεόν τά θεῖα ἔργα πεποίηκε, δηλοῖ τό σωματικῶς ποσίν ἐπί θαλάσσης βαδίσαι· Θεοῦ μέν γάρ τό συμπιλῆσαι ὕδωρ οὐ Θεοῦ δέ τό σαρκικοῖς ποσί περιπατῆσαι. Οὐδέ θεότητος σάρξ ποδῶν καί ὀστᾶ. Θεοῦ πάλιν παρθένον τό κύειν ποιῆσαι, ἀλλ' οὐ θεότητος τό διαμεμορφῶσθαι ὄψει καί τοῖς λοιποῖς ἀνθρωπίνοις μέλεσιν. Οὕτω καί ἐκ τοῦ ἐναντίου τά αὐτά· οὐ γάρ κατά ἄνθρωπον τά ἀνθρώπων ἐποίησεν· ἄνθρωπος μέν γάρ ἦν ἐκ τῆς Παρθένου, ἀλλ' οὐ κατά ἄνθρωπον τοῦτο· ποῖος γάρ ἄνθρωπος ἐκ
Nevertheless, they are divine; nor are the human things according to man, for in divine authority, when he willed, he gave the flesh time to manifest its own, yet nevertheless human things. And "having been made man" makes clear "having become man." And theandric activity signifies divine and human. For thus for us, that is, on our behalf, plainly on earth, having lived as a citizen, he did, as is set forth, both divine and human things. Note also the supernatural and ineffable union of the Lord, that he did not do divine things according to God (for he was man), nor human things according to man (for he was also God). Hence wonderfully the divine Gregory the Theologian says, "As the natures were mingled, so also the appellations, and they interpenetrate each other by the principle of connatural union." How he did not do divine works according to God, the walking bodily with feet upon the sea makes clear; for it is God's to compress the water, but not God's to walk with fleshly feet. Nor are feet's flesh and bones of the Godhead. Again, it is God's to make a virgin conceive, but it is not the Godhead's to be formed in appearance and the other human members. Thus also from the opposite: the same things; for he did not do human things according to man; for he was man from the Virgin, but this not according to man; for what sort of man from
παρθένου; Πάλιν τό ποσί βαδίζειν ἀνθρώπου ἐστί, τό δέ ἐπί ὕδατος οὐκ ἀνθρώπου· ποῖος γάρ ἄνθρωπος τοῦτο πεποίηκε;
«Καινήν τινα»: Μηδείς, εἰς μωρολογίαν τραπείς, λεγέτω ὅτι «θεανδρίτην» τόν Κύριον Ἰησοῦν φησιν· οὐ γάρ «θεανδρικήν» εἶπεν ἀπό τοῦ ὁ «θεανδρίτης» σχηματίσας, ἀλλά «θεανδρικήν» ἐνέργειαν, οἷον Θεοῦ καί ἀνδρός συμπεπλεγμένην ἐνέργειαν. Ὅθεν καί «ἀνδρωθέντα» φησί Θεόν ἀντί τοῦ, Θεόν ἄνδρα γενόμενον. ( Νῦν δέ τήν μικτήν ἐνέργειαν μόνην «θεανδρικήν» ἐκάλεσεν· ἐνήργησε μέν γάρ ὡς Θεός μόνον, ὅτε ἀπών τόν τοῦ ἑκατοντάρχου παῖδα ἰάσατο· ὡς ἄνθρωπος δέ μόνον, εἰ καί Θεός ἦν, ἐν τῷ ἐσθίειν καί λυπεῖσθαι. Μικτῶς δέ ἐνήργησε τά θαύματα, τυφλοῖς ὀφθαλμούς διά χρίσεως δημιουργῶν, καί τῆς αἱμορροούσης τῇ ἁφῇ συστέλλων τήν ρύσιν.
ΕΙΣ ΤΗΝ ΕΠΙΣΤΟΛΗΝ Ε' «Ἐν τούτῳ γίγνεται»: Τό εἰρημένον ἐνταῦθα τῷ Πατρί λαβέ μοι ἀπό ὑποδείγματος τοῦ κατά τόν σωματικόν ὀφθαλμόν, Ὅπερ γάρ ποιεῖ φωτός ἀπουσία, ἀνενεργησίαν τῶν ὀπτικῶν δυνάμεων ἐργαζομένη, τοῦτο καί ἡ πρός ἥλιον ἐν μεσημβρίᾳ ἀτενῆς ἀπόβλεψις ἀποτελεῖ.
of a virgin? Again, walking with the feet is a human thing, but walking on water is not a human thing; for what sort of man has done this?
“A certain new thing”: Let no one, turning to foolish babble, say that he calls the Lord Jesus a “God-man” (theandrites); for he did not say “God-manly” (theandrike) by forming it from “God-man” (theandrites), but “God-manly activity,” that is, an activity of God and a man interwoven. Whence he also says God “was made man” instead of “God became a man.” (But now he called only the mixed activity “God-manly”; for he acted as God only, when being absent he healed the centurion’s servant; and as a man only, even if he was God, in eating and being grieved. But he worked his wonders in a mixed way, creating eyes for the blind by anointing, and by touch staunching the flow of the woman with the hemorrhage.
ON THE FIFTH EPISTLE “In this it happens”: Take for me what is said here by the Father from the example of the bodily eye. For what the absence of light does, working the inactivity of the visual powers, this also the intense gaze at the sun at midday accomplishes.
ΕΙΣ ΤΗΝ ΕΠΙΣΤΟΛΗΝ ' «Δυνατόν γάρ καί»: Δύναται, φησί, τίς ἐν πολλοῖς προφανές ψεῦδος ἐλέγχων, αὐτός διαμαρτάνειν τοῦ ἀληθοῦς, ὅπερ ἕν (οὐκ) ἔστι· μία γάρ ἐστιν ἡ ἀλήθεια, κρύφιον δέ διά τό μυστικόν τῶν δογμάτων, καί πολλῆς ἐρεύνης μετά τῆς θείας δεόμενον χάριτος· οἷον Νεστόριος τά Ἀρείου καί Ἀπολλιναρίου διασείων, ἤ ἕτεροι τοιοῦτοι ὁμοίων ἑτέρων, εἰς ἑτέρας ἀτόπους αἱρέσεις ἐνέπεσον. Μηδείς δέ ἐκ τούτων παρακρουέσθω, ἀποβάλλεσθαι τά κατά τῶν ἑτεροδόξων πονήματα τῶν Πατέρων· οὐ γάρ τοῦτό φησι, τό μή ἐλέγχειν καί ἀνατρέπειν τάς τῶν ἀσεβῶν δόξας (ἐπεί πῶς αὐτός ἐν τῷ «Περί θείων ὀνομάτων» φαίνεται τά τοῦ Ἐλύμα διασαλεύων;), ἀλλ' ὅτι οὐ χρή κατά προηγούμε ( λόγον εἰς τοῦτο ἐνασχολεῖσθαι, τὸ καθ' ἑτέρων λέγειν, ἀλλ’ά διδασκαλικῶς τὸν τῆς ἀληθείας ἐκτίθεσθαι λόγον ἠκριβωμένως, τῇ ἀντιρρήσει δέ κατὰ περίστασιν τῆς τῶν ἀσεβῶν ἐπαναστάσεως χρῆσθαι. Ἄλλως»· Ὅτι οὐ δεῖ τὰς τῶν ἑτέρων δόξας διαβάλλειν, ἀλλ’ά τὴν ἰδίαν κρατύνειν· ἀλλ’ οὐδὲ κατὰ δόξης ἢ θρησκείας οὐκ ἀγαθῆς φαινομένης γράφειν, ἀλλ’ ὑπὲρ ἀληθείας. Πῶς δέ τοῦτό φησιν, ἡ ἑξῆς ἐπιστολὴ σαφηνίζει.
ON THE LETTER: "For it is possible also": He says that someone, while refuting an obvious falsehood in many points, may himself miss the truth, which is one (and not many); for the truth is one, but it is hidden because of the mystical nature of the doctrines, and it requires much investigation together with divine grace. For example, Nestorius, while shaking the teachings of Arius and Apollinarius, or others like him shaking the teachings of others of the same sort, fell into other absurd heresies. Let no one, then, be misled by these words into rejecting the Fathers' works against the heterodox; for he does not say this—that one should not refute and overturn the opinions of the impious (since how does he himself appear in "On the Divine Names" to be shaking the teachings of Elymas?)—but rather that one ought not to be occupied with this as a primary matter, namely speaking against others, but should set forth the word of truth accurately in a didactic manner, and use refutation according to the circumstance of the uprising of the impious. Otherwise: That one must not slander the opinions of others, but strengthen one's own; nor indeed should one write against an opinion or religion that does not appear good, but for the sake of truth. How he says this, the following letter makes clear.
«Ὑπὲρ ἀληθείας»: Σημείωσαι δέ διά τί ὑπὲρ ἀληθείας μόνον συγγραπτέον, οὐ μὴν καθ' ἑτέρων.
ΕΙΣ ΤΗΝ ΕΠΙΣΤΟΛΗΝ Ζ' § 1. «Ὁ ἅγιος» οὗτος Πολύκαρπος Σμύρνης τῆς ἐν Ἀσίᾳ γέγονεν ἐπίσκοπος, ἀκροατὴς γενόμενος τοῦ ἁγίου Ἰωάννου τοῦ εὐαγγελιστοῦ, ὥς φησιν Εἰρηναῖος ἐν τῷ τρίτῳ βιβλίω τῶν «Κατὰ τῆς ψευδωνύμου γνώσεως», καὶ μαρτυρίῳ δέ ἐτελειώθη διὰ πυρός. Ἔχει δέ καὶ ἐπιστολὰς ὁ αὐτὸς θεῖος Πολύκαρπος πρὸς Φιλιππησίους. Περιέχει δέ ἡ τὸν μακαρίου Διονυσίου αὕτη ἐπιστολὴ πολλὰ θαυμαστὰ καὶ ξένα ἐπὶ τῇ κατὰ τὸν σταυρὸν τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἡλιακῇ ἐκλείψει. «Ἐξελεγχθήσεται»: Κατὰ κοινοῦ τὸ «ἐξελεχθήσεται»· οὕτω γὰρ καὶ ἡ σύνταξις. «Εἴδωλον» ἀντὶ τοῦ «μίμημα».
§ 2. «Τὸν σοφιστὴν Ἀπολλοφάνη»: Περὶ Ἀπολλοφάνους τοῦ σοφιστοῦ, ἑταίρου γεγονότος τοῦ μεγάλου Διονυσίου καὶ λοιδοροῦντος αὐτόν, ὡς Χριστιανὸν γενόμενον καὶ καθ' Ἑλλήνων λέγοντα· καὶ γὰρ καὶ ἡ ἀνθρωπίνη σοφία Θεοῦ ἐστιν. «Καὶ οὐ τὴν τῶν πολλῶν»: Τὸ ρητὸν οὕτω συντακτέον· 'Καί οὐ τὴν τῶν πολλῶν ἔγωγε λέγω δόξαν τῶν προσύλως καὶ ἐμπαθῶς ἐναπομενόντων τοῖς τῶν ποιητῶν λόγοις ἢ πάθεσι'.
On behalf of the truth": Note also why one must write on behalf of the truth only, and not against others.
ON THE LETTER 7 § 1. This holy Polycarp was bishop of Smyrna in Asia, having been a hearer of Saint John the Evangelist, as Irenaeus says in the third book of "Against the Falsely-Named Knowledge," and he was also perfected by martyrdom through fire. This same divine Polycarp also has letters to the Philippians. This letter of the blessed Dionysius contains many wonderful and strange things concerning the solar eclipse at the crucifixion of Christ. "He will be convicted": "He will be convicted" applies in common; for thus also is the construction. "Image" instead of "imitation."
§ 2. "The sophist Apollophanes": Concerning Apollophanes the sophist, who was a companion of the great Dionysius and who reviled him for having become a Christian and for speaking against the Greeks; for indeed human wisdom is also of God. "And not the opinion of the many": The saying must be construed thus: 'And I for my part do not mean the opinion of the many, of those who abide in a material and passionate manner in the words or passions of the poets.
( «Τῇ γάρ τῶν ὄντων γνώσει»: Τῶν ὄντων γνῶσιν ἐκάλεσε, τό ἐπιτετηρημένον τῆς κινήσεως τῶν οὐρανίων, καί τήν θεωρίαν τῶν ἄλλων τῆς κτίσεως μερῶν, κατά τόν ἕνα τόν τῆς σοφίας ὅρον τόν λέγοντα, γνῶναι τά ὄντα ᾗ ὄντα ἐστί. Τοῦ δέ Ἀποστόλου ἡ φωνή, τῷ εἰπεῖν ἐν τῇ α' πρός Κορινθίους· «Ἐπειδή γάρ ἐν τῇ σοφίᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐκ ἔγνω ὁ κόσμος διά τῆς σοφίας τόν Θεόν»· τουτέστι τῆς ἐμφαινομένης τῷ ἐναρμονίῳ καί τεταγμένῳ τῆς κτίσεως, τοῦτο συνῆκε. Σημείωσαι οὖν, ὅτι ἡ τῶν ὄντων γνῶσις φιλοσοφία λέγεται, καί τίνα καλεῖ ὁ Ἀπόστολος ἐν τῇ α' πρός Κορινθίους σοφίαν Θεοῦ. [Εἶπε γάρ ἐν ἀρχῇ τόν σκοπόν, δι' ὅν οὔτε καθ' Ἑλλήνων, οὔτε καθ' ἑτέρων συνέγραψεν].
«Ἔδει συνιδεῖν τόν Ἀπολλοφάνη»: Ἀπό τῶν παρ' Ἕλλησιν ὁμολογουμένων τήν διάταξιν τοῦ πάντων αἰτίου Θεοῦ παρατίθεται, φήσας, ἐκ τούτου ἄξιον ἐπιγνῶναι τόν πάντων ὁροθέτην Θεόν, ἐκ τοῦ τόν ἥλιον καί τήν σελήνην τούς διατεταγμένους τῆς ἡμέρας ἔχειν ὅρους, καί τῷ παντί τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κύκλῳ συμπεριθέειν, τουτέστιν ἐξ ἀνατολῶν ἐπί δυσμάς. Εἴτε μή συμπεριφέροιντο τῷ περιέχοντι αὐτούς οὐρανῷ, τοῦ μέν οὐρανοῦ καί τῆς ἁπλανοῦς τῶν ἀκινήτων ἀστέρων σφαίρας, ἀπό ἀνατολῶν εἰς δυσμάς κυκλικῶς στρεφομένων, αὐτῶν δέ ἡλίου καί σελήνης τήν ἐναντίαν τῷ παντί τρεχόντων ἐκ δυσμῶν εἰς ἀνατολάς καί οὕτω μάλιστα γνωρίζεσθαι καί θαυμάζεσθαι δίκαιος ὁ τοῦ παντός δημιουργός καί διατάκτης Θεός. Ταῦτα ἡρμηνεύσαμεν κατά Ἀπολλοφάνην τόν λέγοντα, μή σύν τῷ ἡλίῳ καί τόν οὐρανόν ἑστάναι τότε, ἐπεί ἐν τῇ πρό ταύτης προγραφῇ τό ἀκρίβες προειρήκαμεν.
For by "the knowledge of things that are": He called the knowledge of things that are the observed motion of the heavenly bodies and the contemplation of the other parts of creation, according to that one definition of wisdom which says, to know things that are insofar as they are. And the voice of the Apostle, in saying in the first [letter] to the Corinthians: "For since in the wisdom of God the world did not know God through wisdom"—that is, he understood this of the wisdom manifest in the harmonious and ordered arrangement of creation. Note therefore that the knowledge of things that are is called philosophy, and what the Apostle in the first [letter] to the Corinthians calls the wisdom of God. [For he stated at the beginning the purpose for which he wrote neither against the Greeks nor against others.]
"It was necessary to observe Apollophanes": From things acknowledged among the Greeks he sets forth the ordering of God, the cause of all things, saying that from this it is fitting to recognize God, the definer of all things—from the fact that the sun and the moon have the appointed boundaries of the day and circle around the whole circuit of heaven, that is, from east to west. Whether they do not move along with the heaven that contains them—the heaven and the sphere of the fixed stars of the immovable stars revolving circularly from east to west, while the sun and moon themselves run in the opposite direction to the whole, from west to east—and thus especially is God, the creator and orderer of the whole, justly recognized and admired. These things we have interpreted according to Apollophanes, who says that the heaven was not then standing still together with the sun, since in the preceding writing we have stated the precise matter beforehand.
[Περί τῆς τῶν ἀστέρων διατάξεως ἑστώσης βουλῇ Θεοῦ, καί μή μετακινουμένης αὖθις, ὅταν ἐθέλῃ, ὡς ἐπί Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Ναυῆ καί Ἰεζεκιήλ]. «Ὅταν ἥλιος ὑπ' αὐτοῦ»: Τά τοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Ναυῆ ἐν τούτοις ( παρατίθεται,, καί ἀναμιμνῄσκει τόν ἅγιον Πολύκαρπον τῆς ἱστορίας ταύτης, ἵνα ταύτην ἀντιθῇ τῷ Ἀπολλοφάνει. Φησίν οὖν· Εἶπε αὐτῷ· Μάθε πῶς ὁ Θεός τόν ἥλιον καί τήν σελήνην κατά διάμετρον ὄντας τότε ἀντικρύ ἀλλήλων, δυομένου ἥδη τοῦ ἡλίου, ἔστησεν ἐπί τόπου τούς φωστῆρας, στάσιν τινά κατά δύναμίν τινα ἄφατον τόν αἰτίου αὐτῶν Θεοῦ. Καί ἔστη τό πᾶν ἀκίνητον μετά τῶν δύο φωστήρων· οὔτε γάρ οὐρανός, οὔτε οἱ λοιποί ἀστέρες περιεπόλουν, ἀλλά συνειστήκεισαν τοῖς δυσί φωστῆρσιν ἀκίνητοι. Καί οὔτε ἐπί ὀλίγον ὁ δρόμος τοῦ παντός καί ἡ κίνησις ἔστη μόνον, ἀλλ’ ἐφ' ἡμέραν ὁλόκληρον, ὡς γενέσθαι ἐπί Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Ναυῆ ἡμέραν διπλῆν κδ' ὡρῶν, ὡς σαφῶς τοῦτό φησιν Ἰησοῦς ὁ τοῦ Σειράχ ἐν τῷ ὕμνῳ τῶν Πατέρων. Εἶτα ἔπαγεῖ· Εἰ δέ εἴποι Ἀπολλοφάνης, Ἀδύνατον, οὐ γάρ ἔστη μετά τῶν δύο φωστήρων οὐρανός καί οἱ λοιποί ἀστέρες, ἀλλ’ ἐκεῖνοι μέν ἐκινοῦντο, οὗτος δέ ἵστατο, ἀπόκριναι αὐτῷ ὅτι, Μάλιστα τοῦτο χρή σε ἐπιστρέψαι πρός τήν ἀληθῆ Θεόν καί τήν αὐτοῦ γνῶσιν, καί τόν κινοῦντος μέν τόν περιέχοντα τούς φωστήρας οὐρανόν, ἱστάντος δέ ἀκινήτους τούς περιεχομένους φωστῆρας. Τοῦτο γάρ μείζονος ἐστι δυνάμεως, τό, κινουμένου οὐρανοῦ καί τῶν λοιπῶν ἀστέρων, στῆναι ἥλιον καί σελήνην ἀκινήτους, καί μή τήν αὐτήν φοράν συγκινηθῆναι τῷ παντί, μεθ' οὗ ἀεί συμπεριήγοντο.
Concerning the fixed ordering of the stars by the will of God, and its not being moved again whenever He wills, as in the case of Joshua the son of Nun and Ezekiel. "When the sun by him": In these words he cites the events of Joshua the son of Nun, and reminds the holy Polycarp of this history, so that he may set it against Apollophanes. He says therefore: He said to him: Learn how God, when the sun and the moon were then diametrically opposite to each other, the sun already setting, fixed the luminaries in place—a standing, as it were, by some ineffable power of God their cause. And the whole stood motionless together with the two luminaries; for neither the heaven nor the remaining stars continued their revolution, but they stood still motionless together with the two luminaries. And the course and motion of the whole did not stand still only for a little while, but for a whole day, so that in the time of Joshua the son of Nun the day became double, of twenty-four hours, as Joshua the son of Sirach clearly says in the hymn of the Fathers. Then he adds: But if Apollophanes should say, It is impossible, for the heaven and the remaining stars did not stand still with the two luminaries, but those continued to move while these stood still, answer him that this especially ought to turn you toward the true God and the knowledge of Him, who moves the heaven that contains the luminaries but makes the luminaries contained within it stand motionless. For this is a matter of greater power—that, while the heaven and the remaining stars move, the sun and moon stand still motionless and are not carried along in the same motion with the whole, with which they were always carried round together.
«Ὑπερφυεστάτην ἅμα τῷ παντί»: Λέγει μέν, ὡς ὁμοῦ τῷ πόλῳ ἀκινήτῳ μείναντι (τοῦτο γάρ ὠνόμασε τό πᾶν) ἡ τοῦ ἡλίου καί τῆς σελήνης ἐγένετο στάσις. Μᾶλλον δέ, φησί, πολλῷ θαυμασιώτερον, εἴπερ ὁ μέν πόλος περιήγετο (τοῦτον γάρ
ἐδήλωσεν, εἰπών «τῶν ὅλων, καί κρειττόνων, καί περιεχόντων»), ἥλιος δέ καί σελήνη (τά γάρ «περιεχόμενα» ταῦτα) οὐ συμπεριήγετο τῷ περιέχοντι. «Κατά συνέχειαν σχεδόν τριπλασιάζηται»: Τό «σχεδόν» ( προσέθηκεν, ἐπειδή τριπλῆ κατά τό πλῆρες οὐκ ἐγένετο ἡμέρα ἐκείνη (λβ' γάρ ὡρῶν γέγονε)· τό ἀπό ἀνατολῆς μέχρι τοῦ τόπου ἐν ᾧ ἦν, ὅτι τό σημεῖον ἐδόθη, καί δέκα ἐκεῖθεν ἐπί ἀνατολάς, καί δώδεκα μέχρι τῆς τελευταίας δύσεως. Τῷ αὐτῷ δέ σχήματι τοῦ λόγου καί ἐνταῦθα ἐχρήσατο, ὅτι ἤ ὁ πόλος αὐτός σύν τῷ ἡλίῳ ἐν τῷ τῶν κδ' ὡρῶν διαστήματι τήν ὑπερφυῆ ἐκείνην ἀντιπεριαγωγήν ἐποιήσατο, ἤ μόνος ὁ ἥλιος. «Ἤ τό πᾶν τοσούτου χρόνου»: Τό ρητόν οὕτω σύνθες καθ' ὑπέρβασιν ὄν· Ἤ τό πᾶν ἐπαναστρέφει τάς ἐναντίας ταύτας φοράς, τοσοῦτον διάστημα χρόνου ἀναποδίζον ταῖς ὑπέρ λόγον ταύταις περιδινήσεσι. Ταῦτα δέ καί ἐν τῇ δ' τῶν «Βασιλειῶν» δηλοῦται, καί μάλιστα ἐν τῇ κατά Σύμμαχον ἐκδόσει, καί ἐν τῇ β' τῶν «Παραλειπομένων».
Most supernatural at once with the whole": He says that together with the pole, which remained motionless (for this is what he called "the whole"), the standing still of the sun and the moon took place. But rather, he says, it was far more wondrous, if indeed the pole was carried round (for this is what he indicated by saying "of the wholes, and the better, and the containing"), while the sun and the moon (for these are the "contained") were not carried round together with the containing. "By continuity it is almost tripled": He added "almost" because that day did not become triple in full (for it consisted of thirty-two hours): the time from sunrise up to the place where it was, since the sign was given there, and ten hours from there to the east, and twelve up to the final setting. And he used the same figure of speech here also, that either the pole itself together with the sun made that supernatural counter-revolution in the interval of the twenty-four hours, or the sun alone. "Or the whole of so much time": Arrange the saying thus, since it involves hyperbaton: Or the whole reverses these contrary motions, retracing a span of time so great by these revolutions beyond reason. These things are also made clear in the fourth book of "Kingdoms," and especially in the edition according to Symmachus, and in the second book of "Paralipomena.
«Ἤ ὁ ἥλιος ἐν ἰδίῳ δρόμῳ»: Ἡ τόν ἡλίου ἐνιαύσιος κίνησις πέντε ποιεῖται τροπάς, ἀνάβασιν βορείαν, τουτέστιν ἀπό ἰσημερινῆς ἐν τῷ ἔαρι εἰς τόν θερινόν τροπικόν, καί κατάβασιν βορείαν ἀπ' αὐτοῦ ἐπί τόν ἰσημερινόν τῷ μετοπώρῳ, καί κατάβασιν νοτίαν ἀπό τοῦ ἰσημερινοῦ ἐπί τόν χειμερινόν τροπικόν, καί ἀπ' αὐτοῦ πάλιν ἀνάβασιν νοτίαν ἐπί τόν ἰσημερινόν, καί πέμπτην τήν ἐναντίαν τῷ παντί. Εἰπών οὖν αὐτοῦ τήν πεντάτροπον κίνησιν, διά τῆς προσθήκης τοῦ ἄρθρου, καί τοῦ προσθεῖναι αὐτοῦ, τήν γνώριμον καί συνήθη ὑπέφηνε. Τό δέ ἐν τούτοις λεγόμενον ὑπό τοῦ Πατρός νοήσωμεν οὕτως· Ὑποθώμεθα τόν ἥλιον εἶναι κατά τήν ἡμέραν ἐκείνην τῇ ὥρᾳ τῆς ἀνατολῆς ἐν πρώτῃ μοίρᾳ τοῦ Κριοῦ πλήρει, μή ἐχούσῃ λεπτά· εἰς τήν αὐτήν οὖν μοῖραν αὐτόν ἐπανελθεῖν οὐκ ἦν, μή τελέσαντα τήν προταγεῖσαν τήν πεντάτροπον κίνησιν, ἤ ὡς δι' ἡμερῶν τξε', καί τεταρτημορίου. Ἐν ταῖς ι' οὖν ὥραις ταῖς ἀπό ιβ' ἐν ᾗ ἦν, μέχρι τοῦ τόπου ἐν ᾧ τήν ἀνατολήν αὑτοῦ ἐποιήσατο, τουτέστι τῆς πρώτης μοίρας τοῦ Κριοῦ, ἀναποδίσας ἐν αὐτῇ, τά τῆς πεντατρόπου κινήσεως, ἤγουν τῆς ἐνιαυσιαίου περιόδου, ἐπλήρωσε· καί ἐν ταῖς ἄλλαις ι' ( ταῖς μετά τόν ἀναποδισμόν κατά τόν τόπον γενόμενος ἐν ᾧ ἦν τῇ μιᾷ καί ἡμισείᾳ μοίρᾳ τοῦ Κριοῦ, ὁμοίως τά τῆς αὐτῆς πεντατρόπου κινήσεως ἐπλήρωσε κατά ἀνάλυσιν, ὅπερ ἀναλυτικῶς ἐκάλεσεν· οὐκ ἦν γάρ αὐτόν πάλιν ἐν τῇ μιᾷ καί ἡμισείᾳ μοίρᾳ, ταύτῃ τοῦ Κριοῦ γενέσθαι, ἅπαξ ἀποστάντα ἀπ' αὐτῆς, μή διά τῶν τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ ἡμερῶν, ὡς εἴρηται.
Or the sun in its own course": The annual motion of the sun makes five turnings: a northern ascent, that is, from the equinox in spring to the summer solstice; and a northern descent from it to the equinox in autumn; and a southern descent from the equinox to the winter solstice; and from it again a southern ascent to the equinox; and a fifth, the opposite of the whole. Having spoken, then, of its fivefold-turning motion, by the addition of the article and by adding "its," he indicated the familiar and customary one. But let us understand what is said in these words by the Father thus: Let us suppose that the sun on that day, at the hour of sunrise, was in the first degree of Aries, complete, having no minutes. It was not possible for it to return to the same degree without having completed the appointed fivefold-turning motion, that is, in the course of 365 days and a quarter. In the ten hours, then, from the twelfth in which it was, until the place where it made its rising, that is, the first degree of Aries, having turned back in it, it fulfilled the things of the fivefold-turning motion, that is, of the annual circuit; and in the other ten (having come, after the turning back, to the place in which it was at the one and a half degree of Aries), it likewise fulfilled the things of the same fivefold-turning motion by dissolution, which he called "analytically"; for it was not possible for it to be again in this one and a half degree of Aries, once it had departed from it, except through the days of the year, as has been said.
«Ἐμφέρεται φήμαις»: Ἀντί τοῦ ἱστορίαις.
«Μίθρου τελοῦσι»: Μίθραν τόν ἥλιον Πέρσαι καλοῦσι. Τό παρέκταμα οὖν τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης διά τοῦ τριπλασίου ἐσήμανε. Σημείωσαι δέ πρός τούτῳ καί περί τοῦ ἀπό ὥρας ἕκτης ἕως ὥρας θ' γενομένου σκότους ἐπί πᾶσαν τήν γῆν τῷ καιρῷ τῆς τοῦ Κυρίου σταυρώσεως, τί λέγει ὁ πατήρ.
«Κατά τήν Ἡλιούπολιν»: Τήν ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ Ἡλιούπολιν ἴσως φησίν· ἔτι γάρ ἀνεγίνωσκον ἐκεῖ ἅμα.
«Παραδόξως»: Φασί γάρ, μή ἑτέρως γίνεσθαι τήν ἔκλειψιν, εἰ μή συνεμπέσοι ἡ σελήνη τῷ ἡλίῳ.
«Αὖθίς τε αὐτήν»: Σημείωσαι ἐντεῦθεν τήν λύσιν τοῦ παρά τῷ εὐαγγελιστῇ Λουκᾷ ἀπορήματος. Οὐδείς δέ τό ξένον τοῦ τρόπου καί τοῦ θαύματος διηγήσατο, εἰ μή μόνος οὗτος. Τοῦ γάρ θείου Λουκᾶ εἰπόντος, «ἀπό ς' ὥρας σκότος ἐν τῷ σταυρῷ τοῦ Κυρίου γενέσθαι, τοῦ ἡλίου ἐκλείποντος», παρά πᾶσιν ἀμφεβάλλετο, πῶς ἔκλειψιν ἐκάλεσε ταύτην, τῆς σελήνης τεσσαρεσκαιδεκαταίας οὔσης, οὐ μήν συνόδου οὔσης ἡλίου καί σελήνης. Οἱ γάρ ἐξηγηταί σχεδόν πάντες, μεταγενέστεροι πολλῷ τῶν χρόνων τούτων ὄντες, ὑπέλαβον τόν ἥλιον αὐτόν ἀποβαλεῖν τάς ἀκτῖνας τάς τρεῖς ὥρας ἕως τῆς ἐνάτης. Ἐνταῦθα μέντοι καί ὁ ξένος τρόπος εἴρηται
Carried by reports": meaning by histories.
"They perform the rites of Mithras": The Persians call the sun Mithras. He indicated the extension of that day by the threefold. Note besides this, concerning the darkness that came over all the earth from the sixth hour to the ninth hour at the time of the Lord's crucifixion, what the father says.
"At Heliopolis": Perhaps he means the Heliopolis in Egypt; for they were still reading there at the same time.
"Paradoxically": For they say the eclipse does not otherwise occur unless the moon falls in with the sun.
"And again it": Note from this the resolution of the difficulty in the evangelist Luke. No one else recounted the strangeness of the manner and of the miracle, but only this one. For when the divine Luke said, "from the sixth hour darkness came over the Lord's cross, the sun failing," it was doubted by all how he called this an eclipse, since the moon was on the fourteenth day, and there was certainly no conjunction of sun and moon. For nearly all the commentators, being much later than those times, supposed that the sun itself lost its rays for the three hours until the ninth. Here, however, the strange manner is also stated
τῆς ἐκλείψεως. Φησίν οὖν ὅτι ἀπ' ἀνατολῶν τεσσαρεσκαιδεκαταία οὖσα (οὐ γάρ ἦν συνόδου καιρός), ἔφθασεν ὥραν ς' τόν ἥλιον, καί ἐμπεσοῦσα εἰς αὐτόν ὑπέδραμεν, αὐτόν εἰσβάλλουσα εἰς τό πρός ἀνατολάς τοῦ ἡλιακοῦ δίσκου μέρος, ( ὅθεν καὶ ἦλθεν ἡ σελήνη, καὶ εἰσέβη ὑποτρέχουσα αὐτὸν καὶ ἀναποδίζουσα, ἕως οὗ ὅλον τὸν αὐτοῦ δίσκον ἐσκίασεν. Ἔδει οὖν, εἰ ἦν κατὰ τὸ σύνηθες ἔκλειψις, ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ μέρους καὶ τὴν ἔκλειψιν καὶ τὴν ἀνακάθαρσιν γενέσθαι· οἷον ὅτε ὑποτρέχει ἡ σελήνη τὴν ἥλιον, φέρε εἰπεῖν, ἐξ ἀνατολῶν πρῶτον ἀντιφράττει μέρος τοῦ ἡλιακοῦ δίσκου τὸ ἀνατολικόν, ὅπερ καὶ ἤρξατο ὑποτρέχειν· ἐκεῖθεν οὖν ἐκ τοῦ ἀνατολικοῦ μέρους καὶ ἀνακαθαίρεσθαι ἄρχεται ὁ δίσκος τοῦ ἡλίου, τῆς σελήνης ἐπὶ δυσμάς τρεχούσης, καὶ πρῶτον ἀνακαλυπτούσης μέρος ἐν τῷ παριέναι καὶ παρατρέχειν τὸν ἥλιον, ὅ καὶ πρῶτον ἐκάλυψε, τουτέστι τὸ ἀνατολικόν. Ἐπὶ δέ τοῦ σωτηρίου πάθους οὐχ οὕτω γέγονεν, ἀλλά τοὐναντίον. Ἐξ ἀνατολῶν γὰρ ἐλθοῦσα ἡ σελήνη ὑπέδραμε τὴν ἥλιον, καὶ ἔφραξαν ὅλον τὸν δίσκον αὐτοῦ. Εἶτα οὐκέτι ἐπὶ δυσμᾶς παρῆλθεν, ἀλλ' ἀνεπόδισε πάλιν ἐπὶ ἀνατολάς, καὶ ἐγύμνωσε πρῶτον μέρος τὸ δυτικόν του ἡλιακοῦ δίσκου· εἰς τοὐπίσω γὰρ ἀνέδραμεν ἐπὶ τὸ ἐναντίον διάμετρον τοῦ ἡλίου ἐπὶ ἀνατολάς, ὥστε μηκέτι τὴν ἔμπτωσιν καὶ τὴν ἀνακάθαρσιν ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ μέρους γενέσθαι. Μέμνηται μὲν καὶ Φλέγων ὁ Ἑλληνικὸς χρονογράφος ἐν τρισκαιδεκάτῳ «Χρονογραφιῶν» ἐν τῇ ργ' Ὀλυμπιάδι, τῆς ἐκλείψεως ταύτης, παρὰ τὸ εἰωθὸς αὐτὴν λέγων γενέσθαι· οὐ μὴν τὸν τρόπον ἀνέγραψε.
Of the eclipse. He says, then, that the moon, being on the fourteenth day from the east (for it was not the time of conjunction), reached the sixth hour of the sun, and falling into it, ran under it, inserting itself into the eastern part of the solar disk (whence also the moon came, and entered, running under it and going backward, until it shadowed its whole disk. It was necessary, then, if it was an eclipse according to custom, that both the eclipse and the clearing should come from the same part; for example, when the moon runs under the sun, say, from the east, it first blocks the eastern part of the solar disk, which it also began to run under; from there, then, from the eastern part, the disk of the sun begins to be cleared, as the moon moves toward the west and first uncovers the part in passing by and running past the sun, which it also first covered, that is, the eastern part. But at the saving Passion it did not happen thus, but the opposite. For the moon, coming from the east, ran under the sun, and they blocked its whole disk. Then it no longer passed to the west, but went backward again to the east, and first bared the western part of the solar disk; for it ran back to the opposite diameter of the sun, toward the east, so that the falling-in and the clearing no longer came from the same part. Phlegon the Greek chronicler also mentions this eclipse in the thirteenth book of his Chronicles, in the 103rd Olympiad, saying that it happened contrary to custom; however, he did not record the manner.
Καὶ Ἀφρικανὸς δέ ὁ ἡμέτερος ἐν πέμπτῳ «Χρονογραφιῶν», καὶ Εὐσέβιος ὁ Παμφίλου ἐν ταῖς αὐταῖς μέμνηται τῆς αὐτῆς ἐκλείψεως.
ΕΙΣ ΤΗΝ ΕΠΙΣΤΟΛΗΝ Η' § 1. Δημόφιλος οὗτος μοναχὸς ἦν, ὡς δηλοῖ ἡ ἐπιγραφή· θεραπευτὰς γὰρ τοὺς μοναχοὺς ἐκάλουν. Τυραννήσας δέ κατὰ πρεσβυτέρου αὑτοῦ, καὶ ἀγανακτήσας, ὅτι ἐδέξατό τινα ἐν μετανοίᾳ ὄντα ἁμαρτημάτων, ἐξέβαλε, τυπτήσας τὸν μετανοοῦντα, τὸν δέ πρεσβύτερον ἐξώθησε, καὶ ἐκάθισεν αὐτοχειροτόνητος ( πρεσβύτερος. Σημείωσαι οὖν, ὅτι τά κακά ταῦτα καί ἐπί ἐκείνων τῶν χρόνων ἐγένετο. Εἰκότως οὖν τό, «ὦ γενναῖε Δημόφιλε», φησίν, ἰσχύν ἄτακτον καί οὐκ εὐλάβειαν ἔνθεον ὀνειδίζων αὐτῷ, καί ταύτῃ διασύρων τόν μοναχόν. «Καί εἴποτε αὐτόν ἔξω»: Τουτέστιν, ὅταν αἱ Γραφαί λέγωσιν, ἐν ἀγανακτήσει Θεοῦ γεγονέναι αὐτόν, καί ἐν ἀποστροφῇ τοῦ προσώπου αὑτοῦ. Πρότερον δέ, φησί, δεικνύουσιν αὐτόν τῆς πρᾳότητος ἔξω γεγονέναι, καί εἶθ' οὕτω παθεῖν τό ἀπό ὄψεως γενέσθαι τοῦ Θεοῦ.
«Ἐκ τῆς προὐχούσης»: Σημείωσαι ὅτι ἐξαίρετον καί προὖχον εἰς μίμησιν Θεοῦ ἡ πρᾳότης, καί ὅτι διά τήν πραότητα Μωϋσῆς λέγεται θεράπων Θεοῦ. «Φιλοτιμίας»: Φιλοτιμία κυρίως τό τιμῆς ἐφίεσθαι καί ἐρᾷν. «Θεοκρίτῳ» δέ οὐχ οὕτω τινί καλουμένῳ, ἀλλά τό ἐκ Θεοῦ εἰς τό ἄρχειν κρινομένῳ καί ἐπιτηδείῳ. «Τί δέ τόν θεοπάτορα»: Ὅτι θεοπάτορα καλεῖ, διά τόν Χριστόν, τόν Δαυίδ. Φησί γάρ ὁ θεῖος Παῦλος· «Ἀφωρισμένος εἰς Εὐαγγέλιον, ὅ προεπηγγείλατο ἐν Γραφαῖς ἁγίαις περί τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὑτοῦ, τοῦ γενομένου ἐκ σπέρματος Δαυίδ κατά σάρκα». Εἰκότως οὖν θεοπάτωρ ὁ Δαυίδ.
And our own Africanus as well, in the fifth book of his Chronographies, and Eusebius of Pamphilus, in the same work, make mention of the same eclipse.
ON THE EIGHTH LETTER, § 1. This Demophilus was a monk, as the superscription makes clear; for they used to call monks "therapeuts." Having tyrannized over his own presbyter, and being indignant that he had received someone in repentance for sins, he cast him out, struck the penitent, thrust the presbyter aside, and sat down as a self-ordained presbyter. Note, then, that these evils also occurred in those times. Reasonably, therefore, the phrase "O noble Demophilus" reproaches him with an unruly strength and not a godly reverence, and thereby holds the monk up to ridicule. "And if ever he went out": that is, whenever the Scriptures say that he came to be in God's indignation, and in the turning away of his face. But first, he says, they show that he had gone outside of meekness, and then in this way he suffered to be away from the face of God.
"From the pre-eminent": Note that meekness is exceptional and pre-eminent for the imitation of God, and that because of meekness Moses is called the servant of God. "Of ambition": Ambition properly means to desire and long for honor. And "Theocritus" is not someone so named, but one who is judged by God to rule and is fit for it. "But what of the God-father": That he calls David "God-father" because of Christ. For the divine Paul says: "Set apart for the Gospel, which he promised beforehand in the holy Scriptures concerning his Son, who was born of the seed of David according to the flesh." Reasonably, then, David is God-father.
«Καίτοι καί θεσμός»: Γέγραπται γάρ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ, ὥστε καί τό τοῦ ἐχθροῦ ὑποζύγιον καταπίπτον ἐγείρειν.
«Ἀλλ' ἐπί τό ἄναντες»: Ἐπί τό ὑψηλότερον. Σημείωσαι δέ τό φιλάνθρωπον τῶν ἀγγέλων, καί ὅτι δέονται ὑπέρ ἐθνῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ, καί ὅτι ταῖς ἀποστατικαῖς ἐπιτιμῶσι δυνάμεσι, τουτέστι τοῖς δαίμοσιν.
«Ἀλλά τοῦ ὄντως ἀγαθοῦ»: Περί ἀγαθότητος τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ ἀληθινοῦ Θεοῦ. Ὄντως εἶναι ποιεῖ, τοῦτ' ἔστι διακρατεῖ πρός διαμονήν. «Καί πάντα βούλεται ἀεί γενέσθαι»: Ἐπειδή πάντα εἶπεν, ἐν ( δέ τοῖς πᾶσι καί ἄψυχα καί ἄλογα, προσθείς κατά τήν ἑκάστων ἐπιτηδειότητα, τήν ὑφορμῶσαν ἀντίθεσιν προεθεράπευσε.
«Καί φιλονεικεῖ»: Πῶς ἐρᾷ πάντων ὁ Κύριος, καί παρακαλεῖ ἡμᾶς μή ἐκπεσεῖν αὐτοῦ, ὅθεν καί Παράκλητος ἀκούει. «Καί θρυπτομένων»: Θρύπτεσθαι κυρίως τό κατακλᾶσθαι· λέγεται δέ ἡ λέξις καί ἐπί τῶν ἐρωμένων, οἵ, τήν πρός τούς ἐρῶντας ἀναβαλλόμενοι συντυχίαν, τοιούτῳ τῷ σωματικῷ, τουτέστι κατακεκλασμένῳ, κέχρηνται ἤθει. Ὅθεν λαμβάνεται καί ἐπί ἄλλων ὁμοιοτρόπων πραγμάτων. «Ὅμως προσιοῦσι προστρέχει»: Τά τῆς εὐαγγελικῆς παραβολῆς τοῦ ἀσώτου ὑποτίθεται ἐν τούτοις, καί τά ὅμοια. Θαυμασίως δέ καί τό ὅλος ὅλους φησί, καταισχύνων τούς τότε αἱρετικούς, οἵτινες ψυχήν μονήν σώζεσθαι ὑπό Θεοῦ, καί οὐ σῶμα, ἔλεγον. Ὅλος οὖν, φησίν, ὁ Κύριος, ὡς ψυχήν καί σῶμα λαβών, ὅλους ἡμᾶς τούς ἐκ ψυχῆς καί σώματος σέσωκεν. Ἦσαν δέ τότε αἱρετικοί ἀπό Σίμωνος, ὡς δηλοῦσιν Εἰρηναῖος καί Ἱππόλυτος. Καί οἱ τά Ὠριγένους δέ δογματίζοντες τά αὐτά φρονοῦσι. «Περιφύς» δέ, ἀντί τοῦ 'περιπλακείς'.
Indeed, and it is a statute": For it is written in the law, that one should even raise up the fallen beast of burden of an enemy.
"But to the upward": To the higher. Note the love of humanity of the angels, and that they intercede with God on behalf of the nations, and that they rebuke the apostate powers, that is, the demons.
"But of the truly good": Concerning the goodness of our Lord Jesus Christ, the true God. He makes things truly to be, that is, He sustains them for continuance. "And He wills all things always to come to be": Since He said "all things," and among all things are both soulless and irrational creatures, having added "according to the fitness of each," He beforehand healed the underlying opposition.
"And He strives": How the Lord loves all things, and exhorts us not to fall away from Him, whence also He is called Paraclete. "And of the pampered": To be pampered is properly to be broken down; the word is used also of beloved ones, who, deferring intercourse with their lovers, employ such a bodily, that is, broken-down, disposition. Whence it is taken also for other similar matters. "Yet to those who approach He runs": The things of the gospel parable of the prodigal are suggested in these words, and similar things. Wonderfully also he says "whole" of "whole" people, putting to shame the heretics of that time, who said that the soul alone is saved by God, and not the body. Whole, then, he says, the Lord, as having taken soul and body, has saved us whole, who are of soul and body. There were heretics then from Simon, as Irenaeus and Hippolytus make clear. And those who dogmatize the opinions of Origen think the same things. "Enfolded" is instead of "embracing.
«Δηλαδή τούς ἀγαθούς»: Σημείωσαι τίνας φησί τούς συγκαλουμένους φίλους· μετ' ὀλίγα δέ τούς ἀγαθούς ἀγγέλους εἶναι τούτους νοεῖ. Ὅρα δέ πῶς νοεῖ τό, «Ἵνα ᾖ πάντων εὐφραινομένων ἡ κατοικία». «Σύ δέ, ὡς τά γράμματά σου δηλοῖ»: Σύ δέ, φησίν, ὦ Δημόφιλε, καί τόν ἱερέα ὕβρισας, εἰπόντα ἐλεητόν εἶναι, τουτέστιν ἐλέους ἄξιον, τόν ἀσεβῆ καί μετανοοῦντα. Δοκεῖ δέ μοι ὁ Δημόφιλος πρεσβύτερον ὑβρικέναι· τούς γάρ ἱερέας πρεσβυτέρους εἴωθε καλεῖν, ὡς ἐν τῷ «Περί τῆς ἐκκλησιαστικῆς ἱεραρχίας» διετράνωσε. Καί ἐνταῦθα δέ μετά βραχέα ὑποκατιών τό εἰρημένον καί συνίστησι. Καθ' ὑπερβατόν δέ ἡ σύνταξις. Ὕβριζες τόν ( ἱερέα δικαιώσαντα καί τό, τόν ἀσεβῆ ἐλεητόν ὑπάρχειν, ἤγουν ἐλέους ἄξιον.
«Τά Ἅγια τῶν ἁγίων συνέστειλας»: Συνέστειλας ἀντί τοῦ ἐταπείνωσας, καί ἐσμίκρυνας ἤ οὐ τοῦτο, ἀλλά συνέστειλας ἀντί τοῦ συνῆξας, ὡς εἴρηται, οἱονεί ἐπῆρας, ἐκ τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου βαστάσας, καίτοι διακόνων καί πρεσβυτέρων τοῦτο ποιεῖν ἐπιτετραμμένων τοῦ νόμου λέγοντος «Καί ἱερεῖς περιστελοῦσι τά ἅγια», ὡς καί ἐν τῷ ἑξῆς φύλλῳ φησίν.
That is, the good": Note whom he calls the friends who are invited; and a little later he understands these to be the good angels. Observe how he understands the phrase, "that their dwelling may be with all rejoicing." "But you, as your letters show": But you, he says, O Demophilus, have also insulted the priest, who said that the impious man who repents is merciful, that is, worthy of mercy. It seems to me that Demophilus has insulted a presbyter; for he is accustomed to call priests presbyters, as he made clear in the work "On the Ecclesiastical Hierarchy." And here too, a little further down, he confirms what has been said. The construction is by hyperbaton. You insulted the priest who judged righteous both that the impious man is merciful, that is, worthy of mercy.
"You have contracted the Holy of Holies": You have contracted, instead of you have humbled and diminished—or not this, but you have contracted instead of you have gathered together, as has been said, as it were you lifted up, having carried them from the altar, although it is permitted to deacons and presbyters to do this, the law saying, "And the priests shall wrap up the holy things," as he also says in the following leaf.
«Οὐ θεμιτόν ἱερέα»: Ὅτι οὐ δεῖ πρεσβύτερον, κἄν ἁμαρτάνῃ, ὑπό διακόνου ἤ μονάζοντος εὐθύνεσθαι, μή τί γε ὑπό λαϊκῶν, ταῦτα δέ δίχα αἱρέσεως· ὑπέρ γάρ τήν τάξιν τῶν μοναχῶν, ἡ τῶν λειτουργῶν, ἤτοι διακόνων. Καί εἰ τοῦτο, πολλῷ μᾶλλον οὐδέ ἐπίσκοπον κατηγορεῖσθαι θέμις ὑπό τινος. «Οἱ δέ ἱερεῖς ἄγγελοι»: Σημείωσαι ὅτι καί ἱερεῖς ἄγγελοι καί ὑποφῆται, τουτέστι διδάσκαλοι τῶν θείων κριμάτων εἰσί μετά τούς ἱεράρχας· καί ὅτι περί πρεσβυτέρου διωχθέντος καί ὑβρισθέντος παρά μονάζοντος ἡ ἐπιστολή ἐγράφη, ἐντεῦθεν μάλιστα δηλοῦται.
«Διά μέσων τῶν λειτουργῶν»: Σημείωσαι ὅτι οἱ τά θεῖα ζητοῦντες παρά πρεσβυτέρων μαθεῖν, οὐ δι' ἑαυτῶν τοῦτο πράττειν ὀφείλουσι, κἄν ὑπάρχωσι μοναχοί, ἀλλά διά μέσων διακόνων, καί τοῦτο ὅταν ἁρμόδιος παρῇ καιρός. «Δι' ὧν καί τό εἶναι»: Ὥσπερ εἴπομεν ἄνω ἐν τῇ «Ἐκκλησιαστικῇ ἱεραρχίᾳ», ἐν τῷ περί μοναχικῆς τελειώσεως κεφαλαίῳ, διά πρεσβυτέρων αὐτοῖς δίδοται τό μοναχικόν σχῆμα
It is not lawful for a priest": Note that a presbyter must not be corrected by a deacon or a monk, even if he sins—much less by laymen—and this without partiality; for the order of monks is above the order of the ministers, that is, of the deacons. And if this is so, much more is it unlawful for a bishop to be accused by anyone. "But the priests are angels": Note that priests are also angels and spokesmen, that is, teachers of the divine judgments, after the hierarchs; and that the letter was written concerning a presbyter who was persecuted and insulted by a monk is made especially clear from this.
"Through the mediation of the ministers": Note that those who seek to learn the divine things from presbyters ought not to do this by themselves, even if they are monks, but through the mediation of deacons, and this when a suitable occasion presents itself. "Through whom also the being": Just as we said above in the Ecclesiastical Hierarchy, in the chapter on monastic perfection, the monastic habit is given to them through presbyters.
«Ἡ διακόσμησις»: Περί τῶν ἐκκλησιαστικῶν διακόσμων, καί τίς ἡ τῶν μοναζόντων λειτουργία· αὐτούς γάρ καλεῖ θεραπευτάς. Ταῦτα καί ἐν τῇ «Ἐκκληστιαστικῇ ἱεραρχίᾳ» φησίν.
«Αἱ πύλαι τῶν ἀδύτων»: Διακόνοις γάρ ἡ φυλακή τῶν τῆς Ἐκκλησίας πυλῶν ἀφώρισται, ὡς ἐν τῇ «Ἐκκλησιαστικῇ ἱεραρχίᾳ», ἐν τῷ περί τῶν ἱερατικῶν τελειώσεων κεφαλαίῳ φησί, μετ' ὀλίγα τῆς ἀρχῆς τοῦ κεφαλαίου. ( «Τῶν θείων παραπετασμάτων»: Ὅτι καί τότε παραπετάσματα ἦν περί τό θυσιαστήριον.
«Οὔτε ἔχεις τί τῶν προσηκόντων»: Σημείωσαι, ὅτι ὁ ἀτάκτως καί παρά τούς ἱερούς θεσμούς τοῖς ἁγίοις ἐπεισπηδῶν, οὐδέν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὔτε ἰδεῖν, οὔτε ἀκοῦσαι, οὔτε ἔχειν πιστεύεται, εἰ καί ταῖς χερσίν αὐτῶν ἅπτεται. «Ἐτόλμησεν· οὔπω γάρ»: Κατά κοινοῦ τό Ἐνδίκως ἐτιμωρεῖτο, ὡσανεί καί οὗτος.
«Ὅταν ὑπέρ ἀξίαν τις ἐγχειρῶν»: Ὅτι, εἰ καί τά εἰκότα τις ποιεῖ, παρά τήν οἰκείαν δέ τάξιν τε καί ἀξίαν, καί οὗτος τό ἐφικτόν ὑπερβαίνει. «Δαίμονες ἀληθῶς θεολογοῦντες»: Περί τῶν θεολογούντων τόν Ἰησοῦν δαιμόνων.
Ordering": Concerning the ecclesiastical orders, and what the ministry of monks is; for he calls them healers. These things he also says in the "Ecclesiastical Hierarchy."
"The gates of the sanctuaries": For to the deacons is assigned the guarding of the gates of the Church, as he says in the "Ecclesiastical Hierarchy," in the chapter concerning the priestly perfections, a little after the beginning of the chapter. ("Of the divine veils": That even then there were veils around the altar.
"You have nothing of what is fitting": Note that he who rushes in disorderly and contrary to the sacred ordinances upon the holy things is believed neither to see, nor to hear, nor to have anything of them, even if he touches them with his hands. "He dared; for not yet": In common, "justly he was punished," as if also this one.
"When someone undertakes beyond his worth": That even if someone does what is fitting, but contrary to his own order and worth, he too exceeds what is attainable. "Demons truly theologizing": Concerning the demons who theologize Jesus.
«Ἀλλ' ἐκκήρυκτος»: Ὅτι ἐκκήρυκτος τῇ θεολογίᾳ πᾶς ἀλλοτριεπίσκοπος. «Καί οἱ ἱερεῖς περιστέλλουσι»: Τίνες συνάγειν καί ἐπαίρειν δύνανται τά ἅγια, καί ὅτι οὐ πᾶσιν ἐφικτόν.
«Καί Μαριάμ λεπροῦται»: Σημείωσαι τήν αἰτίαν δι' ἥν ἐλεπρώθη Μαρία ἡ τοῦ Μωϋσέως ἀδελφή.
«Καί ἐπί τούς Σκευᾶ υἱούς»: Ἐπί τούς υἱούς δέ τοῦ Σκευᾶ τά δαιμόνια ἐφήλατο, ὅτι μήτε πιστεύοντες εἰς Χριστόν, μήτε κεχειροτονημένοι ἐξώρκιζον τούς δαίμονας, ὅπερ τοῖς ἐπιορκισταῖς μόνοις θεμιτόν ἦν. Τοῦτο ἐν ταῖς Πράξεσι τῶν ἁγίων Ἀποστόλων κεῖται.
«Οὐδέ τά δίκαια μή κατ' ἀξίαν»: Σημείωσαί τί ἐστι, «δίκαιως διώξεται τό δίκαιον», ὅ φησι Μωϋσῆς, καί ὅτι οὐδέ τά δίκαια θεμιτόν μή κατ' ἀξίαν διώκειν. Ἔχεις δέ τοῦτο καί ἐν τοῖς ἑξῆς. Πλατέως δέ τοῦτο διαγυμναζει Ὠριγένης ἐν τῷ ι' τῶν «εἰς τούς Ἰερεμίου Θρήνους».
( § 2. «Τί οὖν φής;»: Ἀντίθεσις ὡς ἐκ Δημοφίλου, ὅτι ἐστίν ἀσέβεια ἐν τοῖς ἱερεῦσι μή εὐθυνομένη.
«Ἐγώ δέ ἀπολογήσομαί σοι»: Ἀπολογία πρός τήν ἀντίθεσιν περί ἰδιοπραγίας. [α'] «Καί μή τοπικῶς»: Ὅτι τά περί τῶν ἀγγελικῶν ὑποβάσεων καί τάξεων οὐ τοπικῶς δεῖ δέχεσθαι, ὅτι πλησιάζουσι Θεῷ, ἀλλά πρός τήν ἑκάστου ἐπιτηδειότητα· [β'] οὐ γάρ ἐν τόπῳ ὁ Θεός εἰκότως οὖν οὐδ' αἱ νοηταί δυνάμεις. [γ']«Σύμβολα Χριστοειδῶς»: Τουτέστι τήν τῶν μυστηρίων τελεσιουργίαν. Χριστοειδῶς δέ, διότι οἱ ἱερεῖς, τοῖς θείοις ἐπευχόμενοι δώροις, ἤτοι συμβόλοις, τήν τοῦ Χριστοῦ τάξιν ἐπέχουσιν.
But let him be proclaimed": Because every one who intrudes into another's oversight is proclaimed alien to theology. "And the priests shall wrap them up": Who are able to gather and lift up the holy things, and that this is not attainable by all.
"And Miriam is made leprous": Note the reason for which Miriam, the sister of Moses, was made leprous.
"And against the sons of Sceva": For the demons leaped upon the sons of Sceva, because neither believing in Christ nor having been ordained, they adjured the demons, which was lawful only for those who adjure. This is set down in the Acts of the holy Apostles.
"Nor even just things not according to worth": Note what is meant by "he shall justly pursue the just thing," which Moses says, and that it is not lawful to pursue even just things not according to worth. You have this also in what follows. Origen exercises this at length in the tenth of his "On the Lamentations of Jeremiah."
( § 2. "What then do you say?": An objection, as it were from Demophilus, that there is ungodliness among the priests that is not corrected.
"But I will defend myself to you": A defense against the objection concerning private action. [1] "And not locally": That the things concerning the angelic descents and orders must not be received locally, that they draw near to God, but according to each one's fitness; [2] for God is not in a place, and reasonably therefore neither are the intelligible powers. [3] "Symbols in a Christ-like manner": That is, the accomplishment of the mysteries. And "in a Christ-like manner," because the priests, praying over the divine gifts, that is, the symbols, hold the rank of Christ.
§ 3. [δ'] «Ἀλλ' οὐ Δημοφίλῳ»: Οὐ γάρ ἔξεστι, φησί, Δημοφίλῳ, θεραπευτῇ ὄντι, ταῦτα εὐθύνειν τά ἁμαρτήματα.
«Δίκαια δέ ἐστι»: Τί ἐστι, δικαίως τά δίκαια μεταδιώκειν, καί ὅτι ἀγγέλοις τό δίκαιον ἀπονέμεται.
[ε'] «Δημόφιλος δέ λόγῳ»: Τουτέστι τήν ἑαυτοῦ ἀλογίαν, καί τόν θυμόν, καί τήν ἐπιθυμίαν τῆς ἑαυτοῦ φιλαρχίας κολαζέτω ὁ Δημόφιλος. [ς'] Σημείωσαι δέ, ὡς ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς οὖσι διά τῶν πρῶτων τοῖς δευτέροις ἀπονέμεται τά κατ' ἀξίαν.
[ζ'] «Ἀλλ' ἐπαρχέτω»: Κρατείτω, φησίν, ὁ λόγος θυμοῦ καί ἐπιθυμίας· ταῦτα γάρ τά ὑφειμένα· ἐν τῇ τούτων γάρ ἐποχῇ ἡ λογική φαίνεται ἐξουσία καί δύναμις, ὥστε μή ἁπλῶς, ἀλλά πρός τί χρήσιμον κεχρῆσθαι αὐτοῖς. «Ἐκ Θεοῦ νομοθέτης»: Τόν θεῖον Παῦλον φησιν. «Οὐκ ἀξιοῖ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας»: Ἐκ τῆς πρός Τιμόθεον ἐπιστολῆς. § 4. «Τά καθ' ἀξίαν ἀφόριζε»: Σημείωσαι τάξιν ἐπαινουμένην ἐκκλησιαστικήν, ἵνα τοῖς μονάζουσιν οἱ διάκονοι, καί τούτοις ( οἱ πρεσβύτεροι, καί τοῖς πρεσβυτέροις οἱ ἐπίσκοποι ἐπιτιμῶσι, τοῖς δέ ἐπισκόποις οἱ ἀπόστολοι καί οἱ τούτων διάδοχοι. Ἐν δέ τοῖς τῶν ἀποστόλων διαδόχοις παρά τῶν ὁμοταγῶν ἡ ἐπιτίμησις.
§ 3. [4] "But not to Demophilus": For it is not permitted, he says, for Demophilus, being a therapist, to correct these sins.
"And just things are": What is it, to pursue just things justly, and that what is just is apportioned to angels.
[5] "But Demophilus in word": That is, let Demophilus punish his own irrationality, and his anger, and the desire of his own love of rule. [6] Note also, that in all things that exist, through the first things, what is according to worth is apportioned to the second things.
[7] "But let him preside": Let the word, he says, rule over anger and desire; for these are the subordinate things; for in the withholding of these, the rational authority and power is shown, so as to use them not simply, but for something useful. "From God a lawgiver": He means the divine Paul. "He does not deem worthy of the Church": From the letter to Timothy. § 4. "Separate what is according to worth": Note the praiseworthy ecclesiastical order, that the deacons give admonition to the monks, and to these the presbyters, and to the presbyters the bishops, and to the bishops the apostles and their successors. And among the successors of the apostles, the admonition comes from those of equal rank.
«Καί τοῖς ἱεράρχαις οἱ ἀπόστολοι»: Σημείωσαι, ὅτι καί ἐπισκόπων μείζους οἱ ἀπόστολοι, καί οἱ τῶν ἀποστόλων διάδοχοι, καί ὅτι ἕκαστος παρά τοῦ ἁγιωτέρου τῆς αὐτοῦ τάξεως εὐθύνεσθαι ὀφείλει. Ἀποστόλων δέ διαδόχους τούς νῦν πατριάρχας ἡγοῦμαι εἶναι.
«Οὐκ οἶδ' ὅπως κλαύσομαι»: Σημείωσαι τήν πικρίαν, ἤ μᾶλλον συμπάθειαν τοῦ πατρός.
«Καί γάρ εἰ μή τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ»: Καί γάρ εἰ μή νομίζεις, φησί, τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ Θεοῦ εἶναι τοῦ παρ' ἡμῶν θεραπευτής, πάντως καί ἡμῶν καί ὅλης τῆς Ἐκκλησίας ἀλλότριος ὑπάρχεις. Σημείωσαι δέ, ὅτι τάχα ἐν παροικίᾳ τοῦτο τοῦ μεγάλου Διονυσίου ἡμαρτήθη, καί ὅτι τόν Δημόφιλον αὐτός μοναχόν τῆς Ἐκκλησίας ἔταξεν. «Ἤ τήν διπλῆν ἁμαρτίαν»: Σημείωσαι ποίαν καλεῖ διπλῆν ἁμαρτίαν, ὅταν ἁμαρτάνων τις ἀγνοῇ ὅτι ἥμαρτε. Τοῦτο δέ τοῦ Ἰερεμίου ἐστίν, ὡς ἐφεξῆς σαφήνιζει· «Ὅτι δύο ἥμαρτεν ὁ λαός· ἐμέ ἐγκατέλιπον πηγήν ζωῆς», καί τά ἐξῆς. «Ὅτι Δημόφιλος οἴεται»: Πολλή καί μεγάλη καί συμπαθής παράκλησις τοῖς ἁμαρτωλοῖς.
And to the hierarchs the apostles": Note that the apostles are greater even than bishops, and the successors of the apostles, and that each one ought to be corrected by the one holier than his own rank. And I consider the present patriarchs to be successors of the apostles.
"I do not know how I shall weep": Note the bitterness, or rather the compassion, of the father.
"For even if not of the good": For even if you do not think, he says, that the therapist is of the good God who is with us, you are certainly alien to us and to the whole Church. And note that perhaps this was sinned in the parish of the great Dionysius, and that he himself appointed Demophilus a monk of the Church. "Or the double sin": Note what he calls the double sin, when one who sins does not know that he has sinned. And this is from Jeremiah, as he clarifies in what follows: "For the people has sinned two sins: they have forsaken me, the fountain of life," and the rest. "For Demophilus thinks": A great and mighty and compassionate entreaty for sinners.
«Ἀλλ' ὁ θεραρχικός ἱεροτελεστής»: Τόν Κύριον λέγει, ὅτι οὐχ ὅμοια διατάττεται τοῖς ὑπό Δημοφίλου γεγενημένοις. «Καί ταῦτα τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν»: «Ἁμαρτίαν γάρ οὐκ ἔποιησεν, οὐδέ εὑρέθη δόλος ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτοῦ», τό τοῦ Ἀποστόλου λέγων· ἄντικρυς τό, «Ἀφωρισμένος ἀπό τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν, καί ὑψηλότερος τῶν οὐρανῶν γενόμενος». ( «Δικαιοῖ δέ τῶν οἰκείων ἀπολαύειν»: Τουτέστι τῆς οἰκείας φιλανθρωπίας, καί μή τοῦ σκότους καί τιμωρίας. «Καί γάρ καί τοῖς εἰς αὐτόν»: Ἐν τῷ κατά τόν Λουκᾶν κεῖται Εὐαγγελίῳ. § 5. «Ἄπαγε, οὐκ ἔχομεν»: Πολλά σοι ἀγαθά γένοιτο, πάτερ συμπαθέστατε! «Καί γάρ καί ὁ θειότατος»: Σημείωσαι ὅτι ἀμετόχους λέγει τούς μαθητάς τοῦ Κυρίου Πνεύματος τοῦ ἁγίου, ζητοῦντας πῦρ ἐπομβρῆσαι τοῖς Σαμαρείταις, ὡς ἐν τῷ Εὐαγγελίῳ εὑρίσκομεν. Πῶς οὖν πρός αὐτούς ὁ Κύριός φησιν, «Οὐκ οἴδατε ποίου Πνευματός ἐστε;» Ἀλλ' ἴσως τοῦτο εἶπε, δεικνύς ποίᾳ χάριτι διακονεῖσθαι ἐξελέγησαν· ἴσως δέ καί ὁ Πατήρ, πρός τό τέλειον τῆς δωρεᾶς ἀπιδών, ἧς ἔλαβον μετά τήν ἀνάστασιν, τοῦτο εἴρηκε, διά τό γεγράφθαι· «Οὔπω γάρ ἦν Πνεῦμα ἅγιον, ὅτι Ἰησοῦς οὐδέπω ἐδοξάσθη». Ἱεροθέτην δέ καλεῖ τόν ἅγιον ἀπόστολον Παῦλον, ὡς χειροτονήσαντα αὐτῷ τήν ἀρχιερωσύνην τῆς Ἐκκλησίας τῶν Ἀθηνῶν, καθώς ἐν ταῖς ἱεραῖς τῶν ἀποστόλων γέγραπται Διαταγαῖς. «Διδάσκεσθαι γάρ, οὐ τιμωρεῖσθαι χρή»: Σημείωσαι ὡραῖον καί μάλιστα νῦν χρήσιμον, ὅτι διδάσκεσθαι χρή, καί οὐ κολάζεσθαι, τούς ἀγνοοῦντας, ὥσπερ καί τούς τυφλούς ὁδηγοῦμεν, οὐ κολάζομεν.
But the hierarchic consecrator of divine rites": He means the Lord, that he does not ordain things similar to those that came about through Demophilus. "And these things of sinners": For "he committed no sin, nor was deceit found in his mouth," speaking the word of the Apostle; plainly, "separated from sinners, and having become higher than the heavens." ("But he justifies those who enjoy their own things": That is, his own love for humanity, and not darkness and punishment. "For indeed also to those who are toward him": It is found in the Gospel according to Luke. § 5. "Away, we have not": May many good things come to you, most compassionate father! "For indeed also the most divine": Note that he says the disciples of the Lord were without a share of the Holy Spirit, when they sought to rain down fire upon the Samaritans, as we find in the Gospel. How then does the Lord say to them, "You do not know of what spirit you are?" But perhaps he said this, showing with what grace they were chosen to minister; and perhaps also the Father, looking to the perfection of the gift which they received after the resurrection, said this, because it is written: "For the Holy Spirit was not yet, because Jesus was not yet glorified." And he calls the holy apostle Paul a "hierothete," as having ordained for himself the high priesthood of the Church of Athens, just as is written in the sacred Constitutions of the Apostles. "For they ought to be taught, not punished": Note this fine point, and especially useful now, that those who are ignorant ought to be taught, and not punished, just as we guide the blind, not punish them.
Τό δέ κατά κόρρης τινές μέν τόν κρόταφόν φασιν, ἔνιοι δέ τήν γνάθον, ἄλλοι δέ μέρος τι τῆς κεφαλῆς. Βέλτιον δέ κόρρην, ὡς ἔφην, τόν κρόταφον λέγειν· Ὅμηρος μέντοι κόρσην αὐτήν καλεῖ. Παροξυτονεῖται δέ ἡ κόρρη. Εἰς τόν κρόταφον οὖν ἔτυψεν ὁ Δημόφιλος τόν μετανοοῦντα.
«Οἱ μέν γάρ ἀδικεῖν»: Σημείωσαι οἷά φησιν ἐπακολουθεῖν τοῖς ἀδικεῖν ἤ εὐεργετεῖν τινας βουλομένους, κἄν μή πρός ἔργον ἤνεγκαν ἃ ἐβουλεύσαντο. «Ἐπιχειροῦντες»: Ἐκείνους δηλαδή οὕς προῃρέθησαν ἀδικῆσαι ἤ εὐεργετῆσαι, οὐ πάντως, φησί, διέθηκαν, καθώς ἐβουλήθησαν. Πρόδηλον δέ, ὅτι τό μέν ἀβούλητον τῶν εὐεργετουμένων, τό δέ παρά τό ἀδρανές τῶν ἀδικούντων. ( «Καί ἐνθάδε καί ἐκεῖ»: Ὅτι οἱ δίκαιοι οὐ μόνον ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι αἰῶνι, ἀλλά καί ἐν τῷ νῦν βίῳ ἀγγέλων ἀγαθῶν ὀπαδοί, ἤγουν ἀκόλουθοι, καί συνοδοιπόροι εἰσί.
«Τό πάντων ἀγαθῶν μέγιστον»: Ὅτι τό πάντων τῶν ἀγαθῶν μέγιστόν ἐστι τό ἀεί εἶναι μετά Θεοῦ.
«Καί ἐνθάδε, καί μετά θάνατον»: Ὅτι οἱ ἁμαρτωλοί καί ἐν τῷ βίῳ τούτῳ, καί ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι τιμωροῦνται, μετά τῶν δαιμόνων εἶναι κατακρινόμενοι ὑπό τῶν ἰδίων παθῶν ἃ προετίμησαν.
On the cheek": Some say this means the temple, others the jaw, and others a part of the head. But it is better, as I said, to call the temple the "cheek"; Homer, however, calls it the "korse." The word "korry" is accented on the penult. Demophilus, then, struck the penitent on the temple.
"For they meant to do wrong": Note what he says follows upon those who wish to wrong or to benefit certain people, even if they did not bring to fulfillment what they had intended. "Attempting": That is, those whom they purposed to wrong or to benefit—not in every case, he says, did they treat them as they wished. And it is evident that the one case is due to the unwillingness of those being benefited, the other to the weakness of those doing the wrong.
"And here and there": That the righteous are not only in the age to come, but also in the present life, followers—that is, attendants and companions—of good angels.
"The greatest of all good things": That the greatest of all good things is to be always with God.
"And here, and after death": That sinners are punished both in this life and in the next, being condemned, together with the demons, to be with the passions they preferred.
«Ἐπιμνησθήσομαι»: Σημείωσαι τήν ὅρασιν τοῦ ἁγίου Κάρπου, πόσης φρίκης καί παρακλήσεως γέμει.
§ 6. «Γενόμενόν μέ ποτε»: Διήγημα ὡραῖον, ὅτι οὐ χρή τοῖς ἁμαρτάνουσιν, εἰ καί πρός Θεόν πταίουσιν, ἐπαρᾶσθαι. Σημειωτέον οὖν τήν ἱστορίαν, περιέχουσαν ἀνεκλάλητον εὐσπλαγχνίαν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, καί περί μετανοούντων. Λέγει δέ καί περί τῆς ἁγιότητος τοῦ θείου Κάρπου. Ἔστι δέ οὗτος ὁ Κάρπος οὗ μέμνηται ὁ Ἀπόστολος ἐν τῇ β' πρός Τιμόθεον Ἐπιστολῇ. «Κατά τάς προτελείους εὐχάς»: Προτελείας μέν ἐκάλουν Ἀθηναῖοι τάς πρό τῶν γάμων μετά τῶν θυσιῶν εὐχάς· τόν γάρ γάμον τέλος ἐκάλουν, ὡς τελειοῦν τά πρός τόν βίον τόν ἄνθρωπον· καί τοῦτο ἐκ πολλῶν κωμωδίας ποιητῶν δεικνύναι δυνατόν. Μυστήριον γοῦν εἶχον τόν γάμον. Ἔλεγον δέ προτελίζεσθαι καί τό προμυεῖσθαι, καί οἱονεί προκαθαίρεσθαι εἰς ἑτοιμασίαν μυστηρίου, ὡς Κρατῖνος δηλαδή ἐν Πυλαίᾳ δράματι. Μάλιστα γάρ τά μυστήριά τινος τῶν ψευδωνύμων αὐτῶν θεῶν τέλη καί τελετάς ἐκάλουν, ὡς τελειούσας καί εἰς τό τέλειον ἀγούσας τούς τελουμένους. Τό γοῦν παρ' Ἕλλησιν ἀσεβῶν λεγόμενον εἰς τό τῆς ἀληθείας μυστήριον ὠνόμασεν ὁ μέγας Διονύσιος, καί προτελείους εἶπεν εὐχάς τάς πρό τοῦ ζωοποιοῦ μυστηρίου τελειοτάτας δεήσεις ὑπέρ καθάρσεως καί ἀκατακρίτου μεταλήψεως τοῦ τελειοτάτου καί τελειοποιοῦ τῶν θυσιῶν δώρου. «Ἐξεναγώγησε» δέ ἀντί τοῦ, ὡς ξένον ἐδεξιώσατο.
I will call to mind": Note the vision of Saint Carpus, how full it is of horror and of exhortation.
§ 6. "Having once become": A beautiful narrative, showing that one ought not to curse those who sin, even if they offend against God. One must note, then, the account, which contains the ineffable compassion of our Lord Jesus Christ, and concerns those who repent. It also speaks of the holiness of the divine Carpus. This is the Carpus whom the Apostle mentions in the second Epistle to Timothy. "According to the preliminary prayers": The Athenians called "preliminaries" the prayers with sacrifices before marriages; for they called marriage the "end," since it perfects a man in respect of life; and this can be shown from many comic poets. In any case, they held marriage to be a mystery. They also said that to be "preliminarily initiated" was to be pre-initiated, and as it were pre-purified in preparation for a mystery, as Cratinus evidently says in the play Pylaea. For especially the mysteries of one of their falsely named gods they called "ends" and "initiations," as perfecting and leading those initiated to perfection. The term, then, used impiously among the Greeks, the great Dionysius applied to the mystery of the truth, and called "preliminary prayers" the most perfect supplications before the life-giving mystery, for purification and for the uncondemned partaking of the most perfect and perfecting gift of the sacrifices. And "he brought him out" is used in place of "he received him as a stranger.
( «Ἔτι τῶν Ἱλαρίων ἡμερῶν»: Ἦσαν τινές ἡμέραι τοῖς εἰδωλολάτραις, ἃς Ἱλαρίας ἐκάλουν· καί αἱ μέν ἦσαν ἴδιαι καί ἱλάριοι, ὡς ὅταν τις ἔγημεν ἤ υἱόν ἐκτᾶτο, αἱ δέ κοιναί καί δημόσιαι ἱλάριαι ἐκαλοῦντο, ὡς ὅταν βασιλεύς ἀναγορευόμενος, τάς δημοσίας Ἱλαρίας παρεῖχε. Καί οὔτε πένθιμα ἐν ταύταις φορεῖν ἐξῆν, ἀλλά καί θέαι καί θυσίαι καθ' ἑκάστην ἡμέραν διετελοῦντο δημόσιαι, καί οἱ πεθνοῦντες ἐπαύοντο καί ἐθεώρουν, καί ἐν εὐωχίαις ἀπαύστοις διῆγον τάς ὡρισμένας ἡμέρας ταῖς τοιαύταις Ἱλαρίαις. Ἦν δέ καί Ἱλαρία, ἑορτή ἰδική Ῥωμαίων εἰς τιμήν τῆς μητρός τῶν θεῶν αὐτῶν, μᾶλλον δέ δαιμόνων, ὥς φησι Δημόφιλος ἐν τῷ «Περί τῶν παρ' ἀρχαίοις θυσιῶν καί ἑορτῶν». «Διά βίου παντός»: Τουτέστι μέχρι τά τῆς παρούσης ἐνέστηκε ζωῆς. Σημειωτέον δέ ὅτι δεῖ τούς θεοφιλεῖς διά βίου παντός νουθετεῖν τούς πεπλανημένους, καί εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν ἀληθείας ἕλκειν. Σημείωσαι οὖν αὐτο· τινες γάρ ἀμαθῶς τό ἐναντίον λέγουσι, κεχρημένοι τῷ ἀποστολικῷ ρητῷ τῷ λέγοντι· «Αἱρετικόν ἄνθρωπον μετά πρώτην καί δευτέραν νουθεσίαν παραιτοῦ», μή νοοῦντες τῶν εἰρημένων τήν δύναμιν, ἐκ τῶν ἐπομένων ρητῶν μάλιστα σαφηνιζομένην. Τότε γάρ εὔλογος ἡ μετά πρώτην καί δευτέραν νουθεσίαν παραίτησις, ὅταν ὁ διδάσκων πρός τήν παραίτησιν ἔλθῃ, εἰδώς ὅτι ἐξέστραπται ὁ τοιοῦτος, καί λανθάνει, ὤν
During the days of the Hilaria": There were certain days among the idolaters which they called Hilaria; and some were private and personal, as when a man married or acquired a son, while others were called common and public Hilaria, as when a king was proclaimed and provided public Hilaria. And in these it was not permitted even to wear mourning, but both spectacles and public sacrifices were continually held each day, and those in mourning ceased and went to the spectacles, and spent the appointed days of such Hilaria in unceasing feasting. There was also Hilaria, a private festival of the Romans in honor of the mother of their gods—or rather of demons—as Demophilus says in his "On the Sacrifices and Festivals of the Ancients." "Throughout all of life": That is, until the things of the present life are at hand. And it must be noted that the God-loving ought throughout all of life to admonish those who have gone astray, and to draw them to the knowledge of the truth. Note this, then; for some ignorantly say the opposite, using the apostolic saying that says, "Reject a heretical man after a first and second admonition," not understanding the force of what is said, which is made most clear from the sayings that follow. For then is the rejection after a first and second admonition reasonable, when the teacher comes to the rejection, knowing that such a man has been perverted, and does not perceive it, being
αὐτοκατάκριτος. Δῆλον γάρ, ὡς ἐν τοῖς ἱεροῖς διδασκάλοις ἀποκαλύπτεται καί ἡ τῶν προσιόντων κατάστασις. Ἕτεροι δέ, τό «μετά πρώτην καί δευτέραν νουθεσίαν», οὕτως ἐνόμισαν, ἀντί τοῦ, μετά τήν ἐκ τῆς Παλαιᾶς καί Νέας Διαθήκης διδασκαλίαν. «Εἰώθει γάρ εἰς τόνδε»: Σημείωσαι, ὅτι ἡ ἀποστολική παράδοσις τούς νυκτερινούς τῶν ψαλμῳδιῶν κανόνας παρέδωκεν. «Ἔξω ταραχῆς»: Τό «οὐ» ἀρνητικόν μόριον πρός τό «ἔξω ταραχῆς» συντακτέον, ἵνα ᾖ τό ὅλον τοιοῦτον· Διανίσταται, οὐδέ τῶν ὕπνων πολλῶν ὄντων, διά τό ἐγκόπτεσθαι αὐτούς, ἀπολαύσας, ( οὐδέ ἔξω ταραχῆς ὑπάρχων, διά τό καί τούς ὕπνους ἐγκόπτεσθαι.
«Ἐδεῖτο τοῦ Θεοῦ πρηστῆρί τινι»: Πρηστήρ ἐστιν ἑλικοειδής κίνησις ἄνωθεν κάτω ἀέρος διαπύρου. Καίει δέ τό τοιοῦτον, ὅθεν καί παρά τό πιμπρᾷν λέγεται. «Ἀπείρων ἀνθρωποειδῶς»: Σημείωσαι, ὅτι καί ἀνθρωποειδῶς τοῖς ἁγίοις ἄγγελοι ἐπιφαίνονται.
«Ὑπό τῆς τῶν οἰκείων ποδῶν»: Σημείωσαι τό «ὑπό τῆς τῶν οἰκείων ποδῶν ἀστασίας», ὅ δηλοί τό εὐπαράφορον τῆς προαιρέσεως μή βουλόμενοι γάρ, οὐκ ἔπιπτον.
self-condemned. For it is clear that in the sacred teachers the condition of those who come forward is also revealed. But others understood the phrase "after a first and second admonition" in this way, instead of "after the teaching from the Old and New Testament." "For he was accustomed to this": Note that the apostolic tradition handed down the night-time rules of psalmody. "Outside of turmoil": The negative particle "not" must be construed with "outside of turmoil," so that the whole is like this: He arose, having not enjoyed even the many sleeps, because they were interrupted, (nor being outside of turmoil, because even his sleeps were interrupted.
"He besought God with a certain thunderbolt": A thunderbolt is a spiral motion of fiery air from above downward. And such a thing burns, whence it is also called from "to inflame." "In numberless ways in human form": Note that angels also appear to the saints in human form.
"By the instability of their own feet": Note "by the instability of their own feet," which indicates the fickleness of their purpose; for not willing, they did not fall.
«Εἰς τό ἀχανές»: Σημείωσαι, πῶς ὁ διάβολος ρίπτει τούς ἀνθρώπους εἰς τό σκότος τό ἐξώτερον, ὅπερ ἐνταῦθα ἀχανές καλεῖ, τουτέστι βάραθρον, ἤ ἀπατῶν ἤ ὠθῶν τούς πειθομένους αὐτῷ. Ἔστι δέ ὅτε καί ἀσελγεῖς ἀνθρώπους συνεργούς αὐτοῦ λαμβάνει εἰς τήν ἑτέρων ἀπάτην, ὡς καί τόν εἰδωλολάτρην ἐπί τοῦ νῦν ἀπατηθέντα, περί οὗ ὁ λόγος. Διό καί ἐν τῇ ὀπτασίᾳ ἄνδρας ὁρᾷ μεταξύ τῶν ὄφεων, τουτέστι τῶν δαιμόνων, ἕλκοντας τούς ὑπό τοῦ διαβόλου νικηθέντας, ὧν ἡμᾶς ὁ Κύριος ἐλευθερῶσοι.
«Ὑπό τοῦ κακοῦ»: Σημείωσαι τό «ὑπό τοῦ κακοῦ», τουτέστι τῆς ἁμαρτίας, ὅπερ κυρίως κακόν ἐν προαιρέσει τικτόμενόν φαμεν. Τό δέ «ἄκοντες καί βιαζόμενοι» μή ἀναγκαστικήν τίνα δύναμιν, τουτέστι τόν διάβολον νοητέον, ὡς Μανιχαίοις καί Μεσαλιανοῖς δοκεῖ· ἀλλ’ ὅτι πειθόμενοι τό κακόν πρᾶξαι, τῷ ἀπατῶντι χώραν διδόαμεν συνεχῶς ἡμῖν ἐπιτίθεσθαι, ἐξ ἡμῶν καθ' ἡμῶν λαμβάνοντα τήν ἰσχύν· ἀδυνατήσει δέ, μή πειθομένων ἡμῶν, ἐπειδή ἐγγύς ἐστιν ἡμῶν ἡ βοήθεια τοῦ Θεοῦ συνεπιλαμβανομένη, ὡς δηλοῖ τά ἑξῆς. «Καί χεῖρα ἀγαθήν ὀρέγειν»: Σημείωσαι τήν ἄφατον τοῦ Κυρίου εὐσπλαγχνίαν.
Into the abyss": Note how the devil casts men into the outer darkness, which here he calls an abyss, that is, a pit, either deceiving or pushing those who obey him. And sometimes he takes shameless men as his co-workers for the deception of others, as also the idolater in the case of the one now deceived, about whom the account is. Therefore also in the vision he sees men among the serpents, that is, the demons, dragging those conquered by the devil, from whom may the Lord deliver us.
"By the evil": Note "by the evil," that is, by sin, which we say is properly evil when it is begotten in the will. But "unwilling and compelled" must not be understood as some coercive power, that is, the devil, as seems good to the Manichaeans and Messalians; but that, being persuaded to do evil, we give the deceiver room to attack us continually, taking strength against us from us; and he will be powerless if we are not persuaded, since the help of God is near us, assisting together, as what follows makes clear. "And to extend a good hand": Note the ineffable compassion of the Lord.
«Τῆς χειρός ἤδη προτεταμένης»: Τῆς χειρός τοῦ Κάρπου δηλονότι. ( «Μή ἄλλων»: Τῶν σταυρούντων δηλαδή, τῷ Κάρπῳ φησιν ὁ Κύριος.
«Ἀγαθῶν καί φιλανθρώπων»: Σημείωσαι, ὅτι καί αὐτός ὁ Κύριος ἀγαθούς καί φιλανθρώπους καλεῖ τούς ἀγγέλους.
ΕΙΣ ΤΗΝ ΕΠΙΣΤΟΛΗΝ Θ' § 1. Ὁ ἅγιος Τίτος οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τῷ Ἀποστόλῳ γνώριμος, ὅν καί Κρήτης κατέστησεν ἐπίσκοπον, ὡς ἡ πρός αὐτόν Τίτον γραφεῖσα Ἐπιστολή παρά τοῦ θείου Παῦλου φησίν.
«Ἀλλ' ἐν τῇ Συμβολικῇ»: Τί περιέχει ἡ «Συμβολική θεολογία» τοῦ μεγάλου Διονυσίου.
«Ἐναπομόργνυνται»: Ἀπομόρξασθαι ἐστί τό ἐναπομάξασθαι καί ἐμβαλεῖν τι εἰς τήν ἑαυτοῦ διάνοιαν, ἐκ μεταφορᾶς τῶν ζωγράφων, οἵ, προσέχοντες τῇ ἀληθείᾳ γράφουσι τάς εἰκόνας. «Τῆς ἀπορρήτου δέ σοφίας πατέρας» τούς προφήτας φησίν.
«Οὕτω γάρ ἂν θεώμενοι σεφθείημεν»: Σεφθείημεν ἀντί τοῦ ἐν σεβασμῷ ποιησοίμεθα, τιμήσοιμεν, θαυμάσοιμεν, ἐκπλαγείημεν. Σημείωσαι δέ ἐπί τῆς ἁγίας καί προσκυνητῆς Τριάδος τό· «Πηγήν ζωῆς εἰς ἑαυτήν χεομένην, καί ἐφ' ἑαυτῆς ἑστῶσαν» δείκνυται γάρ ἐντεῦθεν καί τό ὁμοούσιον, καί ὅτι ἡ μονάς εἰς Τριάδα προελθοῦσα, μέχρις αὐτῆς ἵσταται. Οὕτω καί ὁ θεολόγος Γρηγόριος ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ Περί Υἱοῦ λόγῳ φησί, καί ἐν τῷ δευτέρω Εἰρηνικῷ. Σημείωσαι δέ τό· «Ἀεί δι' ἑαυτῆς ἑαυτήν θεωμένην»· περί τῆς ἁγίας δέ Τριάδος καί τοῦτό φησι. «Τά γάρ ἐκτός αὐτῆς»: Τῆς αὐτῆς, δηλονότι συμβολικῆς πλάσεως. Κεῖται δέ καί ἐνταῦθα τό μέν «ὁπόσης» ἀντί τοῦ «πολλῆς», τό δέ «τά ἐκτός», ἤτοι τά προχείρως, ἐκ τῆς λέξεως ὑπαγορευόμενα.
With his hand already extended": Clearly the hand of Carpus. "Not of others": That is, of those who crucify; the Lord says this to Carpus.
"Of good and philanthropic": Note that the Lord himself also calls the angels good and philanthropic.
ON THE NINTH EPISTLE § 1. This holy Titus is the one known to the Apostle, whom he also appointed bishop of Crete, as the Epistle to Titus written to him by the divine Paul says.
"But in the Symbolic": What the "Symbolic Theology" of the great Dionysius contains.
"They impress": To impress is to mold and cast something into one's own mind, by a metaphor from painters, who, attending to the truth, paint images. "Fathers of the ineffable wisdom" he calls the prophets.
"For thus beholding we should be revered": "We should be revered" instead of "we should be held in reverence, we should honor, we should marvel, we should be struck with awe." Note also, concerning the holy and adorable Trinity, the phrase "a fount of life poured out into itself, and standing upon itself"; for from this is shown both the consubstantiality and that the Monad, having proceeded into a Triad, stands even to itself. Thus also Gregory the Theologian says in the first Discourse On the Son, and in the second Peace Discourse. Note also the phrase "ever beholding itself through itself"; he says this too concerning the holy Trinity. "For the things outside it": Of the same, clearly the symbolic formation. And here too "of how much" stands for "of much," and "the things outside," that is, the things readily suggested by the wording.
«Γαστέρα Θεοῦ σωματικῶς»: Γαστέρα Θεοῦ διά τό «Ἔκ γαστρός πρός Ἑωσφόρου». «Λόγον εἰς ἀέρα», διά τό, «Ἐξηρεύξατο ἡ καρδία μου λόγον ἀγαθόν». «Πνεῦμα ἐκπνεόμενον», διά τό, ( «Καί τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ». «Κόλπους» δέ, διά τό, «Μονογενής ὁ ὤν εἰς τόν κόλπον τοῦ Πατρός». «Φυτικός» δέ, ἤγουν κατά τήν τῶν φυτῶν ἰδέαν, διά τό, «Ξύλον ζωῆς ἐστί», καί τό, «Ἐκ βλαστοῦ, Υἱέ μου, ἀνέβης», καί τό, «Ἀνθήσει καί ἐκβλαστήσει Ἰακώβ», ἐπί Χριστοῦ ληφθέν, οὗ ὁ καρπός τῆς σωτηρίας ἐπλήρωσε τήν γῆν, καί τά ὅμοια. Σημείωσαι οὖν, πῶς εἴρηται ἐπί Θεοῦ γαστήρ, καί ἐρυγή τοῦ λόγου, καί τά τοιαῦτα. «Ἤ πηγάς ὑδάτων»: Πηγάς ὑδάτων κατά τό, «Παρά σοί πηγή ζωῆς», καί τό, «Ἐμέ ἐγκατέλιπον πηγήν ζωῆς ὕδατος ζῶντος», καί ὅσα τοιαῦτα. «Ἀπαυγάσματα» δέ, διά τό, «Ὃς ὤν ἀπαύγασμα τῆς δόξης», καί, «Κύριε, ἐν τῷ φωτί τοῦ προσώπου σου πορεύσονται, καί ἐν τῷ φωτί ὀψόμεθα φῶς», καί τά παραπλήσια. «Ἐπί δέ τῶν νοητῶν»: Δηλωτικά «τῶν μέν προνοιῶν» τό, «Ὡς ἀετός σκεπάσει τήν νοσσιάν ἑαυτοῦ» καί τά σύν αὐτῷ, τό «δωρεῶν» δέ, ὡς τό, «Ἀνοίγεις σύ τήν χεῖρά σου», καί τό, «Ὁ διδούς τροφήν πάσῃ σαρκί»· μᾶλλον δέ καί τοῦτο τῆς προνοίας γνωριστικόν. «Ἐκφάνσεων» δέ, διά τό ἐν σχήματι ἀνθρώπου ὀφθῆναι τοῖς ἐν τῇ Παλαιᾷ ἁγίοις, καί ἐν εἴδει περιστερᾶς, τό Πνεῦμα τό ἅγιον. Προνοίας δέ, καί τό τῶν ἀσεβῶν τιμωρητικόν· εἴρηται γοῦν παρά τῷ Προφήτῃ «Ὡς ἄρκτος ἀπορουμένη, καί ὡς πάρδαλις». Τῶν μέν οὖν «δυνάμεων» ὑπογραφικά ὀφθαλμοί καί ἑτέρων σωματικῶν μελῶν ὀνόματα, «ἰδιοτήτων» δέ, ὡς παρά τό Ἀμώς ἀδάμας·
Womb of God, bodily": "Womb of God" because of "From the womb, before the morning star." "A word into the air," because of "My heart has uttered a good word." "A spirit breathed out," because of "And by the spirit of his mouth." And "bosom," because of "The only-begotten who is in the bosom of the Father." And "plant-like," that is, according to the form of plants, because of "It is a tree of life," and "From a shoot, my son, you went up," and "Jacob shall blossom and sprout," taken of Christ, whose fruit of salvation filled the earth, and similar things. Note, then, how "womb" is said of God, and the belching forth of the word, and such things. "Or springs of waters": "Springs of waters" according to "With you is the fountain of life," and "They abandoned me, the fountain of the water of living water," and as many such things. And "effulgences," because of "Who being the effulgence of the glory," and "Lord, in the light of your face they shall walk, and in your light we shall see light," and similar things. "And of the intelligible things": Indicative of "providences" is "As an eagle he will cover his nest" and the things with it; of "gifts," as "You open your hand," and "He who gives food to all flesh"—rather, this too is indicative of providence. And of "appearances," because he was seen by the saints in the Old Testament in the form of a man, and the Holy Spirit in the form of a dove. And of providence, also the punitive aspect toward the impious; for it is said in the Prophet, "As a bear bereaved, and as a leopard." Of "powers," then, eyes and the names of other bodily members are descriptive; of "properties," as in Amos, adamant;
ἴδιον γάρ τῆς θείας φύσεως τό ἀπαθές καί ἀδάμαστον. Ὥσπερ οὖν καί τό ἀναλωτικόν τῶν μοχθηρῶν ἕξεων, καθ' ὅ εἴρηται «Ὁ Θεός ἡμῶν πῦρ καταναλίσκον». Καί τά λοιπά δέ τῶν εἰρημένων, πρόδηλα τοῖς φιλοπόνοις· καί ἡ τούτων ἀναγωγική τε καί ἀλληγορική θεωρία, οὐκ ἀσύμφωνον. Ἔστι δέ καί ( λαβεῖν «λήξεις» μέν καί «μονάς», τό τῆς θείας φύσεως ἀναλλοίωτον καί ἀμετάστατον, ὅπερ διά τῶν θεμελιωτικῶν λίθων ὑποδηλοῦται· «προόδους» δέ καί «διακρίσεις» τήν τῶν φυσικῶς αὐτῷ ἐνυπαρχόντων ἀγαθῶν μετάδοσιν, ὥσπερ ἐν ὑποδείγματι, ἡ ἐκ τοῦ κρίνου εὐοσμία, παρ' ὅ καί λέγεται «ἄνθος τοῦ πεδίου, κρίνον τῶν κοιλάδων». Οὕτως οὖν νοητέον καί «τάς ἑνώσεις» τό πρός αὐτόν ἐπιστρεπτικόν καί συνδετικόν τῶν κτισμάτων, διά τοῦ ἀκρογωνιαίου λίθου δηλούμενον. «Κόσμους δέ γυναικείους» τά παρά τῷ Ἠσαΐᾳ κείμενα, τό παντοδαπόν τῆς θείας προνοίας ὑπογράφοντα. Ὥσπερ οὖν καί τήν «χωνείαν» καί τό «χωνευτήριον» ὑποληπτέον τήν ἀναπλαστικήν πρόνοιαν, ἤ τήν διακριτικήν τε καί καθαρτικήν δύναμιν. Τά γάρ τῆς ὁπλητικῆς διασκευῆς πρόδηλα μέν ἔνθα κεῖνται· δηλοῦσι δέ τό καθαιρετικόν καί ἀφανιστικά τῶν ἐναντίων. «Βαρβαρικάς δέ ὁπλοποιίας» ἴσως ἐκεῖνο τό, «Ἐν ἱματισμῷ διαχρύσῳ» καί, «Περίζωσαι τήν ρομφαίαν σου ἐπί τόν μηρόν σου, δυνατέ». Ἡ γάρ ρομφαῖα βαρβαρικόν ἐστιν ὅπλον, ὡς ἰστορεῖ Φύλαρχος. Ὁμοίως δέ καί βάναυσός ἐστί πᾶς τεχνίτης διά πυρός ἐργαζόμενος.
For it is proper to the divine nature to be impassible and indomitable. Just as also the consuming of wicked dispositions, according to what is said: "Our God is a consuming fire." And the rest of the things said are evident to the diligent; and the anagogical and allegorical contemplation of these things is not incongruous. It is also possible to take "terminations" and "abidings" as the immutability and unchangeableness of the divine nature, which is indicated by the foundation stones; and "processions" and "distinctions" as the communication of the goods naturally present in him, as in a pattern, the fragrance from the lily, on account of which it is said, "a flower of the field, a lily of the valleys." So then one must understand "the unions" as the turning and binding of creatures to him, made clear through the cornerstone. And "women's ornaments" are the things set down in Isaiah, outlining the manifold nature of divine providence. Just as also one must understand "the smelting" and "the smelting furnace" as the remolding providence, or the discerning and purifying power. For the things of the armament's equipment are evident where they lie; and they indicate the destructive and annihilating power against opponents. And "barbarian weapon-forgings" perhaps that passage, "In clothing of woven gold," and, "Gird your sword upon your thigh, O mighty one." For the sword is a barbarian weapon, as Phylarchus records. Likewise also every craftsman is a manual worker who works through fire.
«Καί δαῖτάς τινας»: Δαῖτάς τινας τάς εὐωχίας φησίν, ὡς ἐν τῷ Εὐαγγελίῳ, ὅτε ὁ μόσχος ὁ σιτευτός, καί τά λοιπά, γίνεται ἐν τῷ ἀσώτῳ υἱῷ. «Τά πολυειδῆ καί λοξά»: Ἁμαρτίας ἐπαγγελιῶν ἐν τούτοις φησί τό ἔν τισι τῶν προρρήσεων, κατά τό πρόχειρον δοκεῖν, μή τέλος λαβεῖν τά ἐπαγγελθέντα· οἷόν ἐστιν, ὡς ἐκ πολλῶν ὀλίγα παραθέσθαι, τό πρός τόν Ἰακώβ λεχθέν, «Γίνου κύριος τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σοῦ», καί τά περί τῆς διαμονῆς τῆς εἰς τήν βασιλείαν τοῦ σπέρματος Δαυίδ, ἅπερ ἐν τῷ προφανεῖ διήμαρτον τῆς ἐκβάσεως, κατά δέ τήν ἀκριβῆ θεωρίαν οὐδαμῶς. Τό μέν γάρ τοῦ Ἰακώβ διά τῆς τῶν ἐξ αὐτοῦ ἐπικρατείας καί τῆς εἰς Χριστόν ἀναγωγῆς πεπλήρωται, ὥσπερ καί αἱ πρός τόν Ἀβραάμ ἐπαγγελίαι ( περί τῆς κατασχέσεως τῆς γῆς καί τῆς τῶν ἐθνῶν εὐλογίας. Τά δέ πρός Δαυίδ μόνως εἰς τόν Χριστόν ἀναφέρεται, Ὁμοίως δέ καί τά περί Σολομῶντος δοκοῦντα ἐν τῷ μδ' εἰρῆσθαι ψαλμῷ. Τάς οὖν ἐν τούτοις ἐξηγητικάς ἀποδόσεις, τό ποικίλον ἐχούσας, πολυειδῆ ἐκάλεσε σοφίσματα, οὐχ ὡς παραλογιστικῶς τεχναζόμενα τήν ἀλήθειαν, ἀλλ’ ὡς σαφῶς ἀναπτύσσοντα τό ζητοῦμενον. (Περί τοῦ Ἄσματος τῶν ἀσμάτων, ὅτι ἅγιον κατά τούς ἁγίους τούτους· Θεόδωρος γάρ ὁ Μοψουεστίας διέβαλεν αὐτό ἡλιθίως πάνυ). «Τῶν συνθημάτων»: Συνθημάτων φησί τῶν συμβολικῶς γινομένων, ἃ ὑπέρ ἑαυτῶν, τουτέστιν ὑπέρ τοῦ οὕτως νοεῖσθαι αὐτά, ὡς τό φαινόμενον ἔχει καί τό γράμμα ψιλῶς ὑπαγορεύει· οὐ τυπωθῆναί φησιν, ἀλλά προκάλυμμα εἶναι καί τύπον τῶν βαθυτέρων νοήσεων καί ὑπολήψεων.
Banquets": He calls the feasts "banquets," as in the Gospel, when the fatted calf and the rest are made for the prodigal son. "The manifold and crooked things": He says that in these things the sins of the promises—in some of the foretellings, according to what appears at hand—did not receive their end, the things promised; such as, to set down a few out of many, what was said to Jacob, "Become lord over your brother," and the things concerning the continuance of the seed of David in the kingdom, which in the obvious sense missed their outcome, but in the precise contemplation by no means. For the promise to Jacob was fulfilled through the dominion of those from him and the leading up to Christ, just as also the promises to Abraham (concerning the possession of the land and the blessing of the nations). And the things spoken to David are referred solely to Christ. Likewise also the things concerning Solomon that seem to have been spoken in the forty-fourth psalm. The interpretive renderings in these things, then, having variety, he called manifold subtleties, not as though they craftily reasoned away the truth, but as clearly unfolding what is sought. (Concerning the Song of Songs, that it is holy according to these holy men; for Theodore of Mopsuestia slandered it very foolishly.) "Of the tokens": He says "tokens" of the things that come to be symbolically, which are for their own sake—that is, for them to be understood thus, as the appearance has it and the letter plainly dictates; he says they were not stamped, but are a covering and type of the deeper meanings and suppositions.
Τοῦτο δέ φησιν, ὅτι τά σύμβολα οὐχ ὑπέρ ἑαυτῶν τά συνθήματα τά μυστικά ἐπενόησαν, ἀλλά διά τούς ἀναξίους, ἵνα μή, προκείμενα αὐτοῖς, εὐκαταφρόνητα δοκοίη.
«Τήν μέν ἀπόρρητον»: Τήν μέν ἀπόρρητον καί μυστικήν παράδοσιν τῆς Γραφῆς αὐτήν ἐπεξηγεῖται, καλῶν συμβολικήν, ἅτε διά συμβόλων χρησμοδοτηθεῖσαν· ἀλλά καί τελεστικήν, ὡς τάς τελετάς τῶν μυστηρίων ἐν συμβόλοις παραδιδοῦσαν διά τῆς ἱερατικῆς παραδόσεως. Ταύτην δέ τήν ἀπόρρητον ἤτοι συμβολικήν φησιν ἔχειν συμπεπλεγμένην τῷ ρητῷ, τουτέστι τῷ ρηθῆναι ἐπιτετραμμένῳ συμβόλῳ, καί τό ἄρρητον, ἤτοι μυστικόν. Συνεσκίασται γάρ ἐν τῷ συμβόλῳ τό ἀληθές καί ἀδημοσίευτον, ὡς ἐν τῷ νομικῷ πάσχα τό ἀληθές, ὅπερ εἴρηται· «Τό Πάσχα ἡμῶν ὑπέρ ἡμῶν ἐτύθη Χριστός». Τό δέ δεύτερον μόριον τῆς θεολογικῆς παραδόσεως ἐμφανές ἐστι καί γνώριμον, οὐ μήν διά συμβόλων· ὅπερ καί φιλόσοφον καλεῖ καί ἀποδεικτικόν, οἷόν ἐστι τό τά ἠθικά καί φυσικά καί πρακτικά τῆς δημιουργίας παραδιδόν. Τοῦτο δέ τό ἐμφανέστερον ἔχει τινά πειθώ, καί συνδεδεμένην ( τήν ἀλήθειαν τοῖς λεγομένοις· κατά τοῦτο γάρ ἐστι καί ἀποδεικτικόν. Τό δέ συμβολικόν οὐκ ἔχει τό πείθειν, ἀλλ’ ἐνέργειαν τινα θείαν ἀφανῆ καί δραστήριον, ἥτις μυστιριώδεις καί θεωρητικάς ψυχάς διά τῶν μυστικῶν, ἤτοι συμβολικών, αἰνιγμάτων ἐνιδρύει, καί οἱονεί θεμελιοῖ εἰς Χριστόν, διά τῶν μή λόγῳ διδασκομένων μυστηρίων, ἀλλά σιγῇ καί ἀποκαλύψει ἐλλάμψεων Θεοῦ φωτίζει τόν νοῦν εἰς τάς τῶν ἀρρήτων μυστηρίων κατανοήσεις. Σημείωσαι δέ, ὡς διπλῆ ἐστι τῶν θεολόγων ἡ παράδοσις, καί πῶς, καί ποία ἐστί.
He says this: that the symbols—the mystical tokens—were not devised for their own sake, but for the sake of the unworthy, lest, being set before them, they should seem easy to despise.
"The secret tradition": He explains the secret and mystical tradition of Scripture itself, calling it symbolic, inasmuch as it was given by oracles through symbols; but also initiatory, as delivering the initiations of the mysteries in symbols through the priestly tradition. This secret, that is symbolic, tradition, he says, has the unspoken, that is the mystical, interwoven with the spoken—that is, with the symbol that has been permitted to be spoken. For in the symbol the true and unpublished is overshadowed, as in the legal Passover the true Passover, of which it is said: "Christ our Passover was sacrificed for us." But the second part of the theological tradition is manifest and knowable, though not through symbols; which he also calls philosophical and demonstrative, such as is the tradition that hands down the ethical and natural and practical matters of creation. And this more manifest part has a certain persuasiveness, and the truth bound together with what is said; for in this respect it is also demonstrative. But the symbolic part does not have persuasion, but a certain hidden and efficacious divine energy, which establishes mystical and contemplative souls through the mystical, that is symbolic, riddles, and as it were lays a foundation in Christ, and through mysteries not taught by word but by silence and the revelation of illuminations, enlightens the mind unto the understandings of the unspoken mysteries. Note that the tradition of the theologians is twofold, and how, and of what sort it is.
«Καί τήν μέν συμβολικήν»: Συμβολικήν καί τελεστικήν τήν διά συμβόλων τελουμένην, οἷα τά τῆς νομικῆς λατρείας, καί τά τῆς μυστικῆς τῆς παρ' ἡμῖν ἱερουργίας μυστήρια, εἰ καί μᾶλλον ὑψηλά τε καί πνευματικά τά ἡμέτερα. «Φιλόσοφον δέ καί ἀποδεικτικήν» τήν διά τῆς κατανοήσεως τῶν κτισμάτων, καί τινων θείων οἰκονομιῶν καί τῆς θεωρητικῆς ἐξηγήσεως τῶν περί Θεοῦ λεγομένων ἐν ταῖς Γραφαῖς συνισταμένην.
«Πείθει καί καταδεῖται»: Πείθει καί καταδεῖται, οἱονεί δεσμόν τίνα καί σφραγῖδα ἐπιτίθησι τοῖς λεγομένοις τήν ἀλήθειαν, καί τό πιστόν τοῖς ἀκούουσι
δίδωσι. Τό δέ συμβολικόν διά τῶν τελουμένων προσοικειοῖ τῷ Θεῷ, πραγματικῇ ἕξει τε καί τυπώσει, ὅπερ καί «ἀδιδάκτους μυσταγωγίας» ἐκάλεσεν. «Ἤ τῆς νομικῆς παραδόσεως»: Ὅτι οὐ μόνον ἡ νομική παράδοσις, ἀλλά καί ἡ τελετή τῶν καθ' ἡμᾶς μυστηρίων τῶν ἱερῶν ἐδεήθη συμβόλων. Καί οὐδέν θαυμαστόν, ὅπου καί οἱ ἄγγελοι δι' αἰνιγμάτων τά θεῖα μυστήρια προάγουσι. Καί αὐτός ὁ Κυριος ἐν παραβολαῖς φαίνεται θεολογῶν. Τῆς τῶν θεολόγων παραδόσεως ἡ μέν ἀπόρρητος καί μυστική, ἥτις ἐστί ἡ δέ ἐμφανής καί γνώριμος, ἥτις ἐστί καί συμβολική καί τελεστική, καί φιλόσοφος καί ἀποδεικτική καί πιθανή. δραστική·
Both symbolic": He calls symbolic and initiatory that which is accomplished through symbols, such as the rites of the legal worship and the mysteries of our own mystical sacred service, even if our own are both loftier and more spiritual. "Philosophical and demonstrative": that which consists through the understanding of created things, and of certain divine dispensations, and of the contemplative exposition of the things said about God in the Scriptures.
"It persuades and binds fast": It persuades and binds fast, as it were placing a kind of bond and seal of truth upon what is said, and gives assurance to the hearers. And the symbolic [element] brings one near to God through the things accomplished, by a real state and impression, which he also called "unlearned initiations." "Or of the legal tradition": Because not only the legal tradition, but also the celebration of our own sacred mysteries stood in need of symbols. And it is no wonder, seeing that even the angels bring forth the divine mysteries through riddles. And the Lord Himself appears theologizing in parables. Of the tradition of the theologians, one part is secret and mystical, which is [unspoken]; the other is manifest and knowable, which is both symbolic and initiatory, and philosophical and demonstrative and persuasive and effective.
«Συμβόλων»: Φυσιολογία τήν αἰτίαν ἔχουσα, διά τί τά μέν συμβολικά, τά δέ ἄχραντα τῆς Γραφῆς παραδέδοται.
( «Δι' αἰνιγμάτων»: Δι' αἰνιγμάτων, ὡς ὁ παρά τῷ Ζαχαρίᾳ ἄγγελος τά περί τοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Ἰοσεδέκ καί τῆς στολῆς αὐτοῦ τυπῶν καί λέγων· καί παρά τῷ Δανιήλ ὁ Γαβριήλ τά περί Χριστοῦ διηγούμενος καί τά σύν αὐτῷ μυστικά ὑπαγορεύων, καί ἕτερα τοιαῦτα. «Θεουργά» δέ φησιν ἤ τά Θεόν ἀποτελοῦντα τόν μετέχοντα αὐτῶν, ἤ τά παρά Θεοῦ εἰργασμένα «Διά τυπικῆς τραπεζώσεως»: Τραπέζωσίν φησι τά ἐν τῇ θείᾳ τραπέζῃ διά τοῦ ἁγίου ἄρτου καί τοῦ ποτηρίου τῆς εὐλογίας τελούμενα μυστήρια. Σημείωσαι δέ, ὅτι καί ἡ παλαιά καί ἡ νέα Γραφή πολλά διά συμβόλων παραδίδωσι, καί διά τι. [α'] «Τήν ἀνθρωπίνην ζωήν»: «Ἀμέριστον» οἶμαι εἰρηκέναι αὐτόν τήν ἀνθρωπίνην ζωήν καί «μεριστήν», τό μέν διά τό τῆς ψυχῆς ἀμερές καί ἀσώματον, τό δέ διά τό τοῦ σώματος ποικίλον τε καί πολυμερές. Ὅρα δέ, πῶς θαυμασίως τά τῆς ψυχῆς παραδίδωσι. Τό μέν γάρ αὐτῆς ἀμέριστόν φησιν, ὅ καί ἀπαθές καλεῖ· τοῦτο δέ ἐστι τό τῆς ψυχῆς ἀκραιφνέστατον καί αὐτό, ὡς ἄν τις εἴποι, τό ἄνθος, ὅπερ ἐστίν ὁ νοῦς, ὁ καί τό λογικόν προχέων, καθ' ὅν νοῦν καί νοερά ἡ ψυχή, ἐν ᾧπερ νῷ τά ἁπλᾶ καί οἷον γυμνά συμβόλων χωρίς μυστήρια ἐπιστητῶς ἐποπτεύεται. Τό δέ αὐτῆς μεριστόν ἐστιν, ὅ καί παθητικόν φησι, τοῦτο δέ ἐστιν ἡ τῆς ψυχῆς δύναμις, ἡ πρός τάς αἰσθήσεις ἑνουμένη διά τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ μέσου τῆς ψυχῆς καί τοῦ σώματος, ἐν ᾧ πνεύματι ἐναπεστηριγμέναι εἰσίν αἱ τῆς αἰσθήσεως καί τῶν διανοήσεων τῶν διά τῆς σκέψεως γνωριζομένων δυνάμεις.
Of symbols": Natural contemplation that has a cause, explaining why some things in Scripture are handed down as symbolic and others as undefiled.
("Through riddles": Through riddles, as the angel in Zechariah, prefiguring the things concerning Jesus the son of Josedek and his robe, and saying; and in Daniel, Gabriel recounting the things concerning Christ and dictating the mysteries that accompany him, and other such things. And he calls "God-working" either the things that make the participant in them God, or the things wrought by God. "Through a typical banqueting": He calls "banqueting" the mysteries accomplished at the divine table through the holy bread and the cup of blessing. Note that both the old and the new Scripture hand down many things through symbols, and for a reason. [1] "Human life": I think he has called human life "undivided" and "divided," the one because of the soul's being undivided and incorporeal, the other because of the body's being varied and many-parted. Observe how admirably he hands down the things of the soul. For he calls its undivided part also the impassible part; and this is the soul's purest part and, as one might say, its flower, which is the intellect, which also pours forth the rational faculty, according to which intellect the soul is also intellectual, in which intellect the simple and, so to speak, naked mysteries without symbols are contemplatively beheld in knowledge. And its divided part is what he also calls the passible part; and this is the soul's power that is united to the senses through the spirit that is between the soul and the body, in which spirit the powers of sense and of the thoughts known through reflection are firmly established.
Τοῦτο οὖν παθητικόν ἐστι τῆς ψυχῆς, ἅτε διά τῶν αἰσθήσεων εἰς προσπάθειαν ταύτης τῶν αἰσθητῶν καταφερομένης. Τοῦτο δέ τό μέρος, φέρε εἰπεῖν, τῆς ψυχῆς, ὡς ὁ νοῦς, οὐκ ἔστι καθαρόν, οὔτε ἐποπτεῦσαι δύναται τά θεῖα καί ἐπιστητά καί νοητά ἀμέσως, ἀλλά δεῖται μέσου τινός παχύτερου, καθάπερ χειραγωγοῦντος αὐτό ἐπί τά ἁπλᾶ καί ἀμέριστα, ὅπερ ποιεῖ τά σύμβολα διά τῶν μεριστῶν, τουτέστι τῶν αἰσθητῶν καί φαινομένων ἐπί τά ἄρρητα ξεναγοῦν. ( [β'] «Καί τό μέν ἀπαθές τῆς ψυχῆς»: Ἀπαθές τῆς ψυχῆς τό νοερόν, οὐχ ὡς πάντῃ ἀμέτοχον πάθους, ἀλλ' ὡς ἔξωθεν τοῦ πάσχειν οὐκ ἔχον τάς ἀφορμάς, ὥσπερ τό σῶμα πλείστοις ὑποπίπτον κακοῖς συμπτώμασιν, ἅπερ ἡ ψυχή ἄνευ τῆς οἰκείας ἑκουσιότητος οὐχ ὑπομένει. Παθητικόν δέ αὐτῆς τό διά τῶν αἰσθήσεων ἀντιληπτικόν τῶν ἔξωθεν, ᾧτινι συγγενές ἔφη τό διά συμβόλων σωματικῶς παραδίδοσθαι τά θεῖα, δι' ὧν πρός τήν τῶν ἀΰλων ἀναγόμεθα θεάν. [γ'] «θεολογίας σαφοῦς»: Ὅτι καί οἱ θεολογίας σαφοῦς καί γυμνῆς προκαλυμμάτων ἀκηκοότες, τύπους τινάς ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἀναπλάττουσι πρός νόησιν τούς ἀκροωμένους χειραγωγοῦντες· «Ἄλλως»· Θεολογίας σαφοῦς, οἷον «Ὤφθη Κύριος τῷ Ἀβραάμ, ἤ τῷ Μωϋσεῖ» καί, «Εἶπεν ὁ Κύριος» καί, «Ἐγένετο ὁ λόγος Κυρίου πρός τόν προφήτην», καί τά τοιαῦτα. «Σαφοῦς» δέ, ὡς οὐ διά συμβόλων τυπωτικῶν. Τύπον οὖν φησιν ἀναπλαττόμενον, ἥν ἐπινοοῦμεν ἐπί τοῖς τοιούτοις ρητοῖς εὐσεβῆ θεωρίαν καί τῇ θεία φύσει κατάλληλον.
This, then, is a passible aspect of the soul, since through the senses it is carried down into an attachment to sensible things. And this part of the soul, so to speak, as the intellect, is not pure, nor can it directly behold the divine, the knowable, and the intelligible, but it needs some more solid medium, as it were guiding it by the hand toward the simple and indivisible, which the symbols accomplish through things divided—that is, through sensible and apparent things—leading it as a stranger toward the ineffable. ([2] "And the impassible part of the soul": The impassible part of the soul is the intellectual, not as being wholly without a share in passion, but as not having the occasions of suffering from without, just as the body falls under many evil accidents, which the soul does not endure without its own voluntary consent. And its passible part is that which through the senses apprehends things from without, to which he said the handing down of divine things bodily through symbols is akin, through which we are led up to the vision of immaterial things. [3] "Of clear theology": That even those who have heard a clear theology and one stripped of coverings fashion certain types within themselves, guiding the hearers toward understanding. "Otherwise": Of clear theology, such as "The Lord appeared to Abraham," or "to Moses," and "The Lord said," and "The word of the Lord came to the prophet," and the like. "Clear," however, as not being shaped through typical symbols. He calls a type, then, the reverent contemplation that we conceive upon such utterances, and one suited to the divine nature.
§ 2. [δ'] «Τύπον τινά πρός τήν νόησιν»: Ὥσπερ ὅταν ἐκ δένδρων τάς ὑποστάσεις τῆς προσκυνητῆς Τριάδος παρίστησιν ὁ θεῖος Ἀθανάσιος, καί ἐξ ἄλλων οἱ λοιποί ἅγιοι. Τί καί ἡ τοῦ κόσμου δημιουργία τῶν ἀοράτων τοῦ Θεοῦ προβέβληται, τρόπον τινά συμβόλων τάξιν ἐπέχουσα.
[ε']«Καθάπερ φησί Παῦλος»: Ὁ μέν Ἀπόστολος οὕτω φησί· «Τά γάρ ἀόρατα αὐτόν, ἥ τε ἀΐδιος αὐτοῦ δύναμις, ἐν τοῖς ποιήμασι καθορᾶται». Ὁ δέ Χριστός (τοῦτον γάρ, οἶμαι, καλεῖ τόν ἀληθῆ Λόγον) ὅταν λέγῃ· «Εἰ τά ἐπίγεια εἶπον ὑμῖν, καί οὐ πιστεύετε, πῶς, ἐάν εἴπω ὑμῖν τά ἐπουράνια, πιστεύσετε;», καί ὅσα τοιαῦτα. [ς'] «Διό καί οἱ θεολόγοι»: «Πολιτικῶς μέν καί ἐννόμως» τήν τῶν κατορθούντων ἀποδοχήν καί εὐπάθειαν καί τῶν πλημμελούντων τήν κάκωσιν καί κατάκρισιν. «Καθαρτικούς δέ καί ἀχράντους» τάς νουθεσίας καί προφυλακτικάς παραινέσεις. «Ἀνθρωπικῶς ( δέ καί μέσως», οἷον τάς πεύσεις, ὡς τό· «Ποῦ Ἄβελ ὁ ἀδελφός σου;» καί τό, «Καταβάς ὄψομαι» καί τό, «Κύριος ἐξετάζει τόν δίκαιον καί τόν ἀσεβῆ». Ἃτινα καί μέσως ἔχουσι τῶν τε Θεῷ πρεπόντων καί τῶν πάντῃ ἀπεμφαίνειν δοκούντων, τουτέστι ὁμοιώσεως θηρίων καί ὑλῶν ἀψύχων. «Ὑπερκοσμίως δέ καί τελεσιουργικῶς» φησι τάς λόγῳ καί μόνω βουλήματι παραδοξοποιίας. «Νόμους δέ φαινομένους», ὡς ὅταν ἀπολογίας ἀξιοῖ τήν ἐν ἐρήμῳ βιασθεῖσαν παρθένον, καί τά ὅμοια. «Ἀφανεῖς δέ θεσμούς», οἷον, «Τόν Ἰακώβ ἠγάπησα, τόν δέ Ἡσαῦ ἐμίσησα», καί ἕτερα τοιαῦτα. (ζ') «Πολυτρόπως» δέ ἔφη ὁ πατήρ, διότι τά μέν συμβολικῶς, τά δέ ἀχράντως καί ὑπερκοσμίως ἡ Γραφή παρεδέδωκε.
§ 2. [δ'] "A certain type for the understanding": Just as when the divine Athanasius sets forth the hypostases of the worshipful Trinity from trees, and the other saints from other things. Why, the creation of the world itself has been put forth as a representation of the invisible things of God, holding in a certain way the rank of symbols.
[ε'] "As Paul says": The Apostle speaks thus: "For his invisible things, both his eternal power, are clearly seen in the things that are made." And Christ (for I think he calls the true Word this) when he says: "If I told you earthly things and you do not believe, how, if I tell you heavenly things, will you believe?" and all such things. [ς'] "Therefore also the theologians": "politically and legally" the acceptance and good order of those who succeed and the chastisement and condemnation of those who transgress. "Purifying and undefiled" the admonitions and precautionary exhortations. "Humanly and intermediately," such as the questions, as "Where is Abel your brother?" and "Having come down I will see" and "The Lord examines the righteous and the ungodly." Which things hold a middle place between what is fitting for God and what seems altogether incongruous, that is, likenesses of beasts and lifeless materials. "Supracosmically and perfectly" he says the wonder-workings by word and will alone. "Laws that appear," as when he deems worthy of defense the virgin forced in the wilderness, and the like. "Invisible statutes," such as "I loved Jacob, but I hated Esau," and other such things. (ζ') The father said "in many ways," because the Scripture has handed down some things symbolically, others undefiledly and supracosmically.
«Τά μέν πολιτικῶς»: Τῆς φιλοσοφίας τό μέν ἔστι πρακτικόν, τό δέ θεωρητικόν. Καί τοῦ μέν πρακτικοῦ τό μέν ἐστι κοινόν, ὅ καί πολιτικόν καλεῖται, οἷον τό νομοθετικόν, τό δέ ἴδιον, οἷον τό ἠθικόν. Μέσον δέ πρακτικοῦ τό οἰκονομητικόν. Τοῦ δέ θεωρητικοῦ τό μέν ὠνόμασται φυσικόν, τό ἐν αἰσθητοῖς καί μεταβλητοῖς, ὅ καί κοσμολογικόν ἐστι, τό δέ ἐποπτικόν καί θεολογικόν, τό ἐν νοητοῖς καί ἀϊδίοις. Ταῦτα νῦν ἐξέθετο ἐν τούτοις. Μέσον δέ τοῦ θεωρητικοῦ τό ἐν ἀϊδίοις καί αἰσθητοῖς, ὅπερ ἐστίν ἀστρονομικόν καί μαθηματικόν, ὅπερ ἡ μέν Γραφή οὐ λέγει, οἱ δέ Ἑβραῖοι ἐν τῷ Δευτερονομίῳ ἔχουσιν. [η'] «Οὐ γάρ ἱστορίαν ψιλήν»: Ὅτι τά συμβολικῶς, ἤτοι ἱστορικῶς, τῇ Γραφῇ εἰρημένα οὐχ ἱστορίαν ἔχει ψιλήν, ἀλλά ζωτικήν τελείωσιν. Ζωτικήν δέ τελείωσιν λέγει τό σκοπόν εἶναι τοῖς ἁγίοις διά τῶν Γραφῶν πρός τήν αἰώνιον ζωήν τελειοῦσθαι τούς διδασκομένους. Ταῦτα δέ φησι, δεικνύς ἀναγκαίως τήν ἀναγωγήν καί ἀλληγορίαν παραλαμβάνεσθαι.
Things in a political sense": Of philosophy, one part is practical, the other theoretical. And of the practical, one part is common, which is also called political, such as the legislative, and another is particular, such as the ethical. And the middle of the practical is the economic. Of the theoretical, one part is named natural, the one among perceptible and changeable things, which is also cosmological, and the other is epoptic and theological, the one among intelligible and eternal things. These things he has now set forth in these [words]. And the middle of the theoretical is the one among eternal and perceptible things, which is astronomical and mathematical, which indeed the Scripture does not mention, but the Hebrews have it in Deuteronomy. [8] "For not a bare history": That the things said in Scripture symbolically, that is, historically, do not have a bare history, but a living perfection. And he calls it a living perfection because the goal for the saints through the Scriptures is that those who are taught be perfected unto eternal life. And he says these things, showing that the anagoge and allegory are necessarily to be received.
«Ἱεροπρεπῶς διαβαίνειν»: Διαβαίνειν γράφεται καί διαβάλλειν, ( ὅ ἐστίν εἰσβαλεῖν καί εἰσελθεῖν, εἴσω τε γενέσθαι τοῦ πράγματος· οὕτω φησί καί Διογενιανός.
«Τά ὑπερούσια φῶτα»: Ὑπερούσια φῶτα καί νοητά καί θεῖα, τήν πανάχραντον καί παναγίαν Τριάδα φησί, νοητούς δέ ἀγγέλους τούς ὑπεραναβεβηκότας. Τήν δέ διαφοράν τούτων περατεθείκαμεν ἐν τῷ «Περί θείων ὀνομάτων» τελείως.
«Κατά τῶν νοητῶν αὐτοῦ προνοιῶν»: Ἐπί μέν προνοιῶν, ὡς τό ἐν Εὐαγγελίοις, «Πῦρ ἦλθον βαλεῖν ἐπί τήν γῆν», λόγων δέ, ὡς παρά τῷ Ἰερεμίᾳ· «Οὐχ οὕτως οἱ λόγοι μου ὥσπερ πῦρ, λέγει Κύριος;». Τήν τοῦ πυρός οὖν εἰκόνα δηλονότι ἐπί τοῦ Θεοῦ ἄλλως δεῖ ἐκλαβεῖν, καί ἄλλως ἐπί τῶν νοητῶν, ἀγγέλων δηλονότι καί προνοιῶν Θεοῦ καί λόγων.
«Καί τήν μέν κατ' αἰτίαν»: Τήν τοῦ πυρός εἰκόνα κατ' αἰτίαν, δηλαδή ἐπί τῶν λογίων Κυρίου· τήν δέ καθ ὕπαρξιν ἐπί Θεοῦ, τήν δέ κατά μέθεξιν ἐπί τῶν ἀγγέλων. Τό δέ καθ' ὕπαρξιν τοῦ κατά μέθεξιν διαφέρει ἐν τούτοις· τό μέν γάρ δηλοῖ οὐσίαν
To pass through in a manner befitting the sacred": It is written "to pass through" (diabainein) and "to slander" (diaballein), which is to invade and enter in, and to come to be within the matter; thus Diogenianus also says.
"The supersubstantial lights": By supersubstantial, intelligible, and divine lights he means the all-immaculate and all-holy Trinity, and by intelligible lights, the angels who have transcended all. We have set out the difference between these fully in the work On the Divine Names.
"Against his intelligible providences": In the case of providences, as in the Gospels, "I came to cast fire upon the earth"; but in the case of words, as in Jeremiah: "Are not my words like fire, says the Lord?" The image of fire, then, must evidently be taken in one way in the case of God, and in another way in the case of intelligible things—namely angels, and the providences of God, and his words.
"And the one by cause": The image of fire "by cause," that is, in the case of the oracles of the Lord; the one "by subsistence" in the case of God; and the one "by participation" in the case of the angels. The "by subsistence" differs from the "by participation" in these respects: the one signifies substance
καθ' ἑαυτήν οὖσαν καί ἐπείσακτον ἔχουσαν τό θεοειδές, ὥσπερ ἐπί τῶν ἀγγέλων· τό δέ καθ' ὕπαρξιν πρᾶγμα ἤ Λόγιον θεῖον, τουτέστιν ἐκ Θεοῦ προαχθέν. «Ὡς ἡ κατ' αὐτά θεωρία»: Ὅτι πρός τά ὑποκείμενα καί οἱ τύποι νοοοῦνται, κἄν οἱ αὐτοί ὦσιν.
«Ὑφ' ὑμῶν ζήτησιν»: Ἦλθεν εἰς ἐρώτησιν καί τό τῶν Παροιμιῶν πρόβλημα, καί φησι περί δυνάμεως τροφῆς.
«Τήν δέ ὑγράν»: Σημείωσαι ὅτι τό πίνειν «ὑγράν τροφήν» ἐκάλεσε. «Κρατήρ περιφερής»: Θεωρία τοῦ κρατῆρος καί τῆς αὐτοῦ περιφερείας. «Ἀνάρχου καί ἀτελευτήτου»: Ἄναρχόν φησι τοῦ Θεοῦ τήν πρόνοιαν, οὐχ ὅτι τῶν ὄντων ὡς συνάρχων προενόει κατά τούς ἀφραίνοντας καί λέγοντας, Ἅμα Θεός, ἅμα πάντα, ἀλλ’ ὅτι καί ( πρίν ἤ πραχθῆναι τά ὄντα ἐν ταῖς ἰδέαις, ἤτοι παραδείγμασι τοῦ Θεοῦ, τουτέστιν ἐν ταῖς ἀϊδίοις αὐτοῦ νοήσεσιν (ἃς προορισμούς ὀνομάζειν τόν θεῖον Παῦλον ἐν τῷ «Περί θείων ὀνομάτων» ἔφημεν), καθ' ἃς ἰδέας καί νοήσεις τοῦ Θεοῦ τά μέλλοντα παράγεσθαι προετετύπωτο, καί ἡ πρόνοια τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀνάρχως προϋπῆρχε πάσης κτίσεως. Προνοίας γάρ θείας ἦν, ἤτοι προεννοήσεως, τό βούλεσθαι παραγαγεῖν κτίσιν τήν ἀπολαύσουσαν τῆς προνοητικῆς αὐτοῦ ἀγαθότητος. Κατά τοῦτο οὖν καί ἀτελεύτητος ἡ πρόνοια λέγεται εἰς τούς ἀθανάτους ἀγγέλους καί τούς ἀπαθανατισθησομένους ἡμᾶς, καί τά δι' ἡμᾶς ἀγαθά ἐσομένη.
being in itself and having the God-like form as something introduced from without, as in the case of the angels; but the thing according to existence is either a divine Oracle, that is, brought forth from God. "As the contemplation according to them": Because the types are also understood in relation to the underlying subjects, even if they are the same.
"Seeking by you": The problem from Proverbs also came into question, and he speaks about the power of food.
"But the moist": Note that he called drinking "moist food." "A round mixing-bowl": The contemplation of the mixing-bowl and its roundness. "Without beginning and without end": He calls the providence of God without beginning, not because he foreknew existing things as co-eternal with them, according to those who are foolish and say, "At the same time God, at the same time all things," but because even before existing things were made, in the ideas, that is, the paradigms of God, that is, in his eternal thoughts (which we said the divine Paul names "predestinations" in the work "On the Divine Names"), according to which ideas and thoughts of God future things were pre-figured to be brought forth, the providence of God also pre-existed without beginning before every creation. For it belonged to divine providence, that is, forethought, to will to bring forth a creation that would enjoy his providential goodness. In this respect, then, providence is also called without end, extending to the immortal angels and to us who shall be made immortal, and the good things that will be for our sake.
«Οἰκοδομοῦσα δέ καί ἡ σοφία»: Τί ἐστι τό «οἰκοδομεῖν τήν σοφίαν ἑαυτῇ οἶκον», καί ἐν αὐτῇ ἑτοιμάζειν ἃ ἔφη, καί ἔξω εἶναι αὐτοῦ, καί ἐν αὐτῷ. «Καί ἐν τῷ παντί γίγνεται»: Περί τούτου εἴρηται καί ἐν τῷ «Περί θείων ὀνομάτων», πῶς ἑστώς καί κινούμενος. Σημειωτέον δέ ὅτι πρόνοιαν τόν Θεόν φησιν.
«Ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ καθ' ὑπεροχήν»: Καί ἐν τούτοις τό «καθ' ὑπεροχήν» πρός τό μή κατά στέρησιν καί ἀνυπαρξίαν λαβεῖν ἡμᾶς τά προκείμενα, εἴληπται. «Καί ἑστηκώς»: Ἐνταῦθα δοκεῖ μοι σαφηνίζειν, τί ἑστία, τουτέστιν ἡ ὡς ἔστι διαμονή, ἀπό τοῦ ἐστί παρηγμένου τοῦ ὀνόματος τῆς «ἑστίας». «Καί οὐδαμῶς ἔξω αὐτοῦ»: Ἐπειδή τό μέν ἑστῶς ἐπί τῆς κατά τό ἀναλλοίωτον μονιμότητος ἔλαβε, τό δέ κινούμενος ἐπί τῆς εἰς τά ὄντα προνοίας, ἐφ' ἑκατέρου τούτων νοεῖν ἡμᾶς χρή καί προσεπάγειν τό «καθόλου», ἵνα ᾖ τοιοῦτον τό λεγόμενον Οὔτε ἑστώς καθόλου, ὡς μή κινεῖσθαι προνοητικῶς, οὔτε κινούμενος καθόλου, ὡς τῆς οἰκείας μεθίστασθαι μονιμότητος. «Ἄλλως· Ὅτι τό 'ἀεί ἑστάναι καί κινεῖσθαι' περί Θεοῦ λεγόμενον τήν ἐν τῇ μονιμότητι προνοητικήν αὐτοῦ ἐνέργειαν δηλοῖ. Τό δέ 'μηδέ ἑστᾶναι μηδέ κινεῖσθαι' τήν ἐν τῷ προνοεῖν αὐτοῦ μονήν παρίστησι. Πάντα δέ τά ἐνταῦθα ἐν τῷ «Περί θείων ὀνομάτων» πολλάκις διεληλύθαμεν.
Building, too, is Wisdom": What is "Wisdom builds for herself a house," and prepares in it the things she spoke of, and is outside it, and in it. "And in the whole she becomes": About this it has been said also in "On the Divine Names," how he stands and is moved. And it must be noted that he calls God providence.
"In the same by way of eminence": And in these words "by way of eminence" is used so that we do not take the things set before us in the sense of privation and non-existence. "And standing": Here it seems to me he clarifies what a hearth is, that is, the abiding as it is, the name of "hearth" being derived from "is." "And in no way outside it": Since he took "standing" for immutability of permanence, and "being moved" for providence toward beings, in each of these we must think and apply "wholly," so that what is said is of this sort: neither standing wholly, so as not to be moved providentially, nor being moved wholly, so as to depart from his own permanence. "Otherwise: That 'always standing and being moved,' said of God, reveals his providential activity in permanence. And 'neither standing nor being moved' presents his remaining in providence." All the things here we have often gone through in "On the Divine Names.
( § 4. «Τήν μέν οὖν στερεάν τροφήν»: Τίς ἡ στερεά τροφή, καί τις ἡ ὑγρά· καί ὅτι στερά τροφή ἐστιν ἡ μόνιμος τελειότης. «Καί δυνατήν καί ἑνιαίαν»: Ἑνιαίαν καί ἀδιαίρετον γνῶσίν φησι τό ἐν τοῖς περί Θεοῦ λόγοις μή πρός τάς ὑλικάς ἐννοίας καταμερίζεσθαι τόν νοῦν, ἀλλά μονοτρόπως τό ὑπέρ φύσιν καί ἀνεξιχνίαστον τῆς θείας φύσεως λογίζεσθαι τόν τά αἰσθητήρια τοῦ ἐντός ἀνθρώπου γεγυμνασμένα ἔχοντα. «Καί μεριστῶν»: Κατά κοινοῦ τό σύνθεμα φέρειν οἴομαι τῆς διαχυτικῆς, καί τά ἑξῆς.
«Χειραγωγούσης»: Οὐχ ἑνί γάρ τρόπῳ, ἀλλά πολυειδεῖ καί ποικίλῳ τούς διδασκομένους ἐπί τό τέλειον τῆς θεογνωσίας ἄγεσθαι ἴσμεν. (Διά τί δρόσῳ καί ὕδατι καί γάλακτι καί οἴνῳ καί μέλιτι τά θεῖα παρεικάζεται λόγια, καί τίς ἡ ἑκάστου τούτων δύναμις).
«Δωρεῖται τοῖς προσιοῦσι»: Τί δηλοῖ τά σύμβολα. «Τό ἀληθῶς εὐωχεῖν»: Σημείωσαι, ὅτι τό τῆς εὐωχίας ὄνομα ὁ πατήρ εἰς τό «εὖ ἔχειν» ἐτυμολογεῖ.
«Ζωοποιός ἅμα καί κουροτρόφος»: Τό τρέφειν νεανίας ἀγαθούς. Ἐξ Ὁμήρου δέ τοῦτο· 'κόρος' γάρ ὁ νεανίας, καί κατά πλεονασμόν τοῦ 'κοῦρος', ὅθεν καί 'κουροτρόφος'.
§ 4. "Solid food, then": What is solid food, and what is liquid; and that solid food is stable perfection. "And powerful and single": He calls knowledge single and undivided when, in the words about God, the mind is not parceled out among material concepts, but thinks in a single way the things that are above nature and unsearchable of the divine nature—the one who has the senses of the inner man exercised. "And of divided things": I think the compound [phrase] carries over from the common [term] of the diffusive [power], and so on.
"Guiding by the hand": For we know that those who are taught are led to the perfection of the knowledge of God not in one way, but in many forms and various ways. (Why the divine oracles are likened to dew and water and milk and wine and honey, and what is the power of each of these.)
"He gives to those who come": What the symbols signify. "Truly to feast": Note that the father etymologizes the word "feast" (euōchia) as "to be well" (eu echein).
"Life-giving at once and nurturing the young": To nourish good young men. And this is from Homer; for "koros" is the young man, and by pleonasm "kouros," whence also "kourotrophos" (nurturing the young).
§ 5. «Θεός μεθύειν λέγεται»: Σημείωσαι πῶς μεθύειν λέγεται ὁ Θεός, καί ἐκ τίνος καί τίς ἡ ἐφ' ἡμῶν μέθη, καί πῶς λέγεται ἐπί Θεοῦ ἔκστασις. «Ὑπέρ τό νοεῖν ὤν»: Ὅτι ὁ Θεός καί ὑπέρ τό νοεῖν ἐστι, καί ὑπέρ τό νοεῖσθαι, καί ὑπέρ τό εἶναι.
«Μεμεθυσμένος ἅμα»: Σημείωσαι ἐν συντόμῳ, πῶς μεμεθυσμένος καί ἐξεστηκώς λέγεται ὁ Θεός.
«Κατά τόν αὐτόν ἐκληψόμεθα»: Τίνα τά λεγόμενα δεῖπνα, ἤτοι συμπόσια, ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τῶν οὐρανῶν.
«Τήν ἀνάκλισιν»: Τίς ἡ ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τῶν οὐρανῶν ἀνάκλισις· ὅτι ἀνάπαυσις καί ἀβλαβής ζωή, καί τά ἑξῆς.
«Καθ' ἥν εὐφροσύνην»: Τήν εὐφροσύνην, ἤτοι τό εὐφρονεῖν ( (τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν εὐφροσύνη), τόν Ἰησοῦν εἰκότως λέγει. § 6. «Καί τόν εὐφημούμενον ὕπνον»: Πῶς ἔλαβεν ἐπί Θεοῦ ὕπνον καί ἐγρήγορσιν.
«Τήν συμβολικήν θεολογίαν»: Σημείωσαι τί περιέχει ἡ «Συμβολική θεολογία». Διεξοδικώτερον δέ, τουτέστι πλατύτερον, διήρθωται καί διατετύπωται. ΕΙΣ ΤΗΝ ΕΠΙΣΤΟΛΗΝ Ι' Ἡ μέν ἐπιστολή ἀξία τῆς ἀρχαιότητος ἐκείνης τῆς ἱερᾶς, καί τόν μαθητοῦ, ὅν ἠγάπα ὁ Ἰησοῦς, τήν χάριν ἀπαγγέλλουσα. Ἔστι δέ συμβαλεῖν ἐκ τῆς πρός τόν ἅγιον Πολύκαρττον ζ' οὔσης, εἶναι τόν μέγαν Διονύσιον, ὅτε ταῦτα ἔγραφεν, ἐτῶν περί που ἐνενήκοντα. Ἐν μέν γάρ τῇ πρός τόν ἅγιον Πολύκαρπόν φησιν, ἐν τῇ κατ' Αἴγυπτον Ἡλιουπόλει διάγων, θεάσασθαι τήν παρά φύσιν γενομένην ἔκλειψιν τοῦ ἡλίου ἐν τῷ σωτηρίῳ σταυρῷ τοῦ Χριστοῦ, ὅπερ γέγονε τῷ ιη' ἔτει τῆς Τιβερίου βασιλείας τῷ γάρ ιε' ἔτει αὐτοῦ ἤρξατο τοῦ κηρύγματος ὁ Κύριος Ἰησοῦς, ὡς ἐν τῷ κατά Λουκᾶν δηλοῦται Εὐαγγελίῳ.
§ 5. "God is said to be drunk": Note how God is said to be drunk, and from what, and what is the drunkenness that is upon us, and how ecstasy is spoken of in relation to God. "Being above understanding": That God is both above understanding and above being understood, and above being.
"Drunk at the same time": Note briefly how God is said to be drunk and beside himself.
"We shall be received according to the same": What are the so-called suppers, that is, banquets, in the kingdom of heaven.
"The reclining": What is the reclining in the kingdom of heaven—that it is rest and a life free from harm, and so on.
"According to which gladness": Gladness, that is, cheerfulness (for this is gladness), he reasonably calls Jesus. § 6. "And the sleep that is praised": How he took sleep and waking in relation to God.
"The symbolic theology": Note what "Symbolic theology" contains. And it has been set out and delineated more fully, that is, more broadly. TO THE TENTH LETTER. The letter is worthy of that sacred antiquity, and declares the grace of the disciple whom Jesus loved. And it is possible to infer from the seventh letter to Saint Polycarp that the great Dionysius was about ninety years old when he wrote these things. For in the letter to Saint Polycarp he says that, while staying at Heliopolis in Egypt, he saw the eclipse of the sun that occurred contrary to nature at the saving cross of Christ, which happened in the eighteenth year of the reign of Tiberius; for in his fifteenth year the Lord Jesus began his preaching, as is shown in the Gospel according to Luke.
Τρία δέ ἔτη μετ' ὀλίγων μηνῶν κηρύξας, ἑκών πάσχει ὁ Κύριος καί Θεός ἡμῶν, ὡς εἶναι Τιβερίου ιη' ἔτος. Ἐβασίλευσε δέ Τιβέριος ἀμφί τά κγ' ἔτη, ὡς εἶναι ἀπό τοῦ σωτηρίου πάθους ἕως τελευτῆς Τιβερίου σχεδόν ἔτι ἕξ. Ἐξωρίσθη δέ ὁ ἅγιος εὐαγγελιστής Ἰωάννης ἐν Πάτμῳ τῇ νήσῳ, ἥτις ἐστί μία τῶν Κυκλάδων, περί τό τελευταῖον ἔτος τῆς Δομετιανοῦ βασιλείας. Ἐβασίλευσε δέ οὗτος ἔτη ιε' καί μῆνας ε'. Συνάγονται δέ ἀπό τοῦ ιη' ἔτους Τιβερίου, ὅτε ἡ ἔκλειψις, ἕως τῆς τελευτῆς Δομετιανοῦ ἔτη ξδ' περί που καί μῆνας ζ'. Ὑποθώμεθα δέ καί τόν θεῖον Διονύσιον, ὅτε τά ἐπί τῷ σταυρῷ τοῦ Κυρίου εἶδεν, εἶναι κε' ἐτῶν, ἅτε οἶμαι, καί ἔτι ἀναγινώσκοντα, ὡς εἶναι τά πάντα ἀμφί τά ἐνενήκοντα ἔτη. Μέμνηται δέ τῆς ἐπί Δομετιανοῦ ἐξορίας τοῦ ἁγιωτάτου Ἰωάννου, καί Εἰρηναῖος ἐν τρίτῳ καί πέμπτῳ τῶν «Κατά αἱρέσεων», ἔνθα καί τόν χρόνον ( ἐσημειώσατο, καί Κλήμης ὁ Ἀλεξαδρεύς, ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τῷ περί, «Τίς ὁ σωζόμενος πλούσιος». «Οὐδέ γάρ ἐν τοῖς αἰῶσι»: Σημείωσαι, ὅτι οὐχ ὁ Θεός αἴτιος τοῦ ἀφορισμοῦ τοῖς ἁμαρτωλοῖς τῆς ἐν ἀριστερᾷ στάσεως, ἀλλ’ αὐτοί ἑαυτοῖς αἴτιοι τούτων οἱ ἁμαρτωλοί, παντελῶς ἑαυτούς ἀφορίσαντες τοῦ Θεοῦ.
After preaching for three years and a few months, our Lord and God willingly suffered, so that it was the eighteenth year of Tiberius. Tiberius reigned about twenty-three years, so that from the saving Passion to the death of Tiberius there are still almost six years. The holy evangelist John was exiled to the island of Patmos, which is one of the Cyclades, around the last year of the reign of Domitian. He reigned fifteen years and five months. From the eighteenth year of Tiberius, when the eclipse occurred, to the death of Domitian there are gathered about sixty-four years and seven months. Let us suppose that the divine Dionysius was twenty-five years old when he saw the things that happened at the cross of the Lord, being, I think, still a reader, so that all together is about ninety years. Irenaeus also, in the third and fifth books of Against Heresies, mentions the exile of the most holy John under Domitian, where he also noted the time, as did Clement of Alexandria in his discourse On "Who Is the Rich Man That Is Saved?" "For not even in the ages": Note that God is not the cause for sinners of their separation to the station on the left, but the sinners themselves are the cause of these things for themselves, having wholly separated themselves from God.
«Καί θεωνυμία»: Θεωνυμίαν φησίν ἤ τό πάντοτε ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Θεοῦ πάντα πράττειν αὐτούς, ἤ ὅταν τούς ἀπό τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἤγουν τοῦ Χριστοῦ, ὀνομαζομένους, κατ' αὐτόν πολιτεύεσθαι ὑπάρχῃ, καί αὐτούς λεγομένους θεούς. «Τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου τόν ἥλιον»: Τόν τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου ἥλιον τοῦτον τόν θεῖον Ἰωάννην ὀνομάζει δικαίως. Φησίν οὖν· Ὅτι ἐγώ, εἰκότως αἰτιώμενος καί μεμφόμενος τούς νομίζοντάς σε τόν τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου ἥλιον περιορίζειν ἐν τόπῳ, εὔχομαι ὅμως ἀνανῆψαι καί προσδραμεῖν σοι, ἵνα σωθῶσι φωτισθέντες. Ὥσπερ γάρ μέμηνεν ὁ οἰόμενος τόν ἥλιον τοῦτον περικλείειν τόπω, οὕτω καί οὗτοι μεμήνασι, νομίζοντες τό φῶς τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου σου περιορίζειν σύν σοί ἐν Πάτμω τῇ νήσῳ. «Ἡμᾶς δέ οὐδέ τοὐναντίον»: Ἀντί τοῦ, οὐδέ τό πορρωτέρω σε γενέσθαι. Σημείωσαι δέ ὅτι καί προεφήτευσεν ὁ μέγας Διονύσιος, σαφῶς εἰπών ἐκ Θεοῦ ἀποκαλυφθῆναι αὐτῷ, ὡς καί τῷ ἁγίῳ Ἰωάννῃ, ὅτι εἴσω βραχυτάτου χρόνου ἀνακληθήσεται τῆς ἐν Πάτμῳ ἐξορίας, ὅ δή καί γέγονεν. Ὡς γάρ ἔφημεν, πρός βραχέος περί τό τελευταῖον ἔτος τῆς Δομετιανοῦ βασιλείας εἰς τήν Πάτμον ἐφυγαδεύθη, διωγμόν κινήσαντος τοῦ Δομετιανοῦ· εἶτα περί τήν τελευτήν τοῦ βασιλέως ὁρᾷ τήν θείαν Ἀποκάλυψιν ὁ μέγιστος οὗτος εὐαγγελιστής Ἰωάννης.
Divine name": He means the divine name either as their always doing all things in the name of God, or when those named after God—that is, after Christ—happen to live in accordance with him, and are themselves called gods. "The sun of the Gospel": He rightly calls this divine John the sun of the Gospel. He says, then: Because I, reasonably blaming and reproaching those who think that you, the sun of the Gospel, are confined to a place, nevertheless pray that they may come to their senses and run to you, so that being enlightened they may be saved. For just as the one who thinks he encloses this sun within a place is mad, so too these are mad, thinking to confine the light of your Gospel together with you on the island of Patmos. "But we not even the opposite": Instead of, not even your being farther away. Note also that the great Dionysius prophesied, saying clearly that it was revealed to him by God, as also to the holy John, that within a very short time he would be recalled from his exile in Patmos, which indeed happened. For as we said, a little while ago, around the final year of the reign of Domitian, he was banished to Patmos, when Domitian stirred up persecution; then, around the death of the king, this greatest evangelist John sees the divine Revelation.